CA2105682C - Signal processing apparatus and method - Google Patents
Signal processing apparatus and method Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2105682C CA2105682C CA002105682A CA2105682A CA2105682C CA 2105682 C CA2105682 C CA 2105682C CA 002105682 A CA002105682 A CA 002105682A CA 2105682 A CA2105682 A CA 2105682A CA 2105682 C CA2105682 C CA 2105682C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- signal
- processor
- signals
- noise
- adaptive
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Lifetime
Links
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
- A61B5/145—Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration, pH value; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid, cerebral tissue
- A61B5/1455—Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration, pH value; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid, cerebral tissue using optical sensors, e.g. spectral photometrical oximeters
- A61B5/14551—Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration, pH value; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid, cerebral tissue using optical sensors, e.g. spectral photometrical oximeters for measuring blood gases
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
- A61B5/72—Signal processing specially adapted for physiological signals or for diagnostic purposes
- A61B5/7203—Signal processing specially adapted for physiological signals or for diagnostic purposes for noise prevention, reduction or removal
- A61B5/7207—Signal processing specially adapted for physiological signals or for diagnostic purposes for noise prevention, reduction or removal of noise induced by motion artifacts
- A61B5/7214—Signal processing specially adapted for physiological signals or for diagnostic purposes for noise prevention, reduction or removal of noise induced by motion artifacts using signal cancellation, e.g. based on input of two identical physiological sensors spaced apart, or based on two signals derived from the same sensor, for different optical wavelengths
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
- A61B5/72—Signal processing specially adapted for physiological signals or for diagnostic purposes
- A61B5/7228—Signal modulation applied to the input signal sent to patient or subject; demodulation to recover the physiological signal
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B1/00—Details of transmission systems, not covered by a single one of groups H04B3/00 - H04B13/00; Details of transmission systems not characterised by the medium used for transmission
- H04B1/06—Receivers
- H04B1/10—Means associated with receiver for limiting or suppressing noise or interference
- H04B1/12—Neutralising, balancing, or compensation arrangements
- H04B1/123—Neutralising, balancing, or compensation arrangements using adaptive balancing or compensation means
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F2218/00—Aspects of pattern recognition specially adapted for signal processing
- G06F2218/02—Preprocessing
- G06F2218/04—Denoising
Abstract
A signal processor which acquires a first signal (S?a), including a first desired signal portion (Y?a) and a first undesired signal portion (n?a), and a second signal (S?b), including a second desired signal portion (Y?b) and a second undesired signal portion (n?b), wherein the first and second desired signal portions are correlated. The processor (26) of the present invention gen-erates a noise reference signal (n'(t)) which is a combination of only the undesired signal portions and is correlated to both the first and second undesired signal portions. The noise reference signal (n'(t)) is then used to remove the undesired portion of each of the first and second measured signals via an adaptive noise canceler (27), preferably of the joint process estimator type. The processor (26) may be employed in conjunction with an adaptive noise canceler (27) in physiological monitors (20) wherein the known properties of energy attenuation through a medium are used to determine physiological characteristics of the medium.
Description
W~92/15955 ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 SIGNAL PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD
TECHNICAL FIELD
The present invention relates to the field of signal processing. More specifically, the present invention relates to the processing of measured signals to remove undesired portions when little is known about the undesired signal portion.
WO 92/15955 ~ 1 O ~ ~ ~ ~ 2 PCT/US92/01895 BACKGROUND ART
Signal processors are typically employed to remove undesired portions from a composite measured signal including a desired signal portion and an undesired signal portion. If the undesired signal portion occupies a different frequency spectrum than the desired signal, then conventional filtering techniques such as low pass, band pass, and high pass filtering could be used to separate the desired portion from the total signal. Fixed single or multiple notch filters could also be employed if the undesired signal portions(s) exist at a fixed frequency(s).
However, it is often the case that an overlap in frequency spectrum between the desired and undesired signal portions does exist and the statistical properties of both signal portions change with time. In such cases, conventional filtering techniques are totally ineffective in extracting the desired signal. If, however, a description of the undesired portion can be made available, adaptive noise canceling can be employed to remove the undesired portion of the signal leaving the desired portion available for measurement. Adaptive noise cancelers dynamically change their transfer function to adapt to and remove the undesired signal portions of a composite signal. Adaptive noise cancelers require a noise reference signal which is correlated to the undesired signal portion. The noise reference signal is 21~~~68~
Wn 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 not necessarily a representation of the undesired signal portion, but has a frequency spectrum which is similar to that of the undesired signal. In many cases, it requires considerable ingenuity to determine a noise reference signal since nothing is a priori known about the undesired signal portion.
One area where composite measured signals comprise a desired signal portion and an undesired signal portion about which no information can easily be determined is physiological monitoring. Physiological monitoring apparatuses generally measure signals derived from a physiological system, such as the human body.
Measurements which are typically taken with physiological monitoring systems include electron cardiographs, blood pressure, blood gas saturation (such as oxygen saturation), capnographs, heart rate, respiration rate, and depth of anesthesia, for example. Other types of measurements include those which measure the pressure and quantity of a substance within the body such as breathalizer testing, drug testing, cholesterol testing, glucose testing, arterial carbon dioxide testing, protein testing, and carbon monoxide testing, for example. The source of the undesired signal portion in these measurements is often due to motion of the patient, both external and internal (muscle movement, for example), during the measurement process.
Knowledge of physiological systems, such as the amount of oxygen in a patient's blood, can be critical, ~~v~~~z WO 92!15955 PCl"/US92/01895 for example during surgery. Data can be determined by a lengthy invasive procedure of extracting and testing matter, such as blood, from a patient, or by more expedient, non-invasive measures. Many types of non-invasive measurements can be made by using the known properties of energy attenuation as a selected form of energy passes through a medium.
Energy is caused to be incident on a medium either derived from or contained within a patient and the amplitude of transmitted or reflected energy is then measured. The amount of attenuation of the incident energy caused by the medium is strongly dependent on the thickness and composition of the medium through which the energy must pass as well as the specific form of energy selected. Information about a physiological system can be derived from data taken from the attenuated signal of the incident energy transmitted through the medium if the noise can be removed. However, non-invasive measurements often do not afford the opportunity to selectively observe the interference causing the undesired signal portion, making it difficult to remove.
These undesired signal portions often originate from both AC and DC sources. The first undesired portion is an easily removed DC component caused by transmission of the energy through differing media which are of relatively constant thickness within the body, such as bone, tissue, skin, blood, etc. Second, is an erratic AC component caused when differing media being measured are perturbed 210~~52 ,a~.° 5 and thus, change in thickness while the measurement is being made. Since most materials in and derived from the body are easily compressed, the thickness of such matter changes if the patient moves during a non-invasive physiological measurement. Patient movement can cause the properties of energy attenuation to vary erratically.
Traditional signal filtering techniques are frequently totally ineffective and grossly deficient in removing these motion induced effects from a signal. The erratic or unpredictable nature of motion induced undesired signal components is the major obstacle in removing them. Thus, presently available physiological monitors generally become totally inoperative during time periods when the patient moves.
A blood gas monitor is one example of a physiological monitoring system which is based upon the measurement of energy attenuated by biological tissues or substances.
Blood gas monitors transmit light into the tissue and measure the attenuation of the light as a function of time. The output signal of a blood gas monitor which is sensitive to the arterial blood flow contains a component which is a waveform representative of the patient's arterial pulse. This type of signal, which contains a component related to the patient's pulse, is called a plethysmographic wave, and is shown in Figure 1 as curve Y. Plethysmographic waveforms are used in blood pressure or blood gas saturation measurements, for example. As the heart beats the amount of blood in the arteries increases WO 92/15955 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 6 PCT/US92/01895 and decreases, causing increases and decreases in energy attenuation, illustrated by the cyclic wave Y in Figure 1.
Typically, a digit such as a finger, an ear lobe, or other portion of the body where blood flows close to the skin, is employed as the medium through which light energy is transmitted for blood gas attenuation measurements.
The finger comprises skin, fat, bone, muscle, etc., shown schematically in Figure 2, each of which attenuates energy incident on the finger in a generally predictable and constant manner. However, when fleshy portions of the finger are compressed erratically, for example by motion of the finger, energy attenuation becomes erratic.
An example of a more realistic measured waveform S is shown in Figure 3, illustrating the effect of motion. The desired portion of the signal Y is the waveform representative of the pulse, corresponding to the sawtooth-like pattern wave in Figure 1. The large, motion-induced excursions in signal amplitude hide the desired signal Y. It is easy to see how even small variations in amplitude make it difficult to distinguish the desired signal Y in the presence of a noise component n.
A specific example of a blood gas monitoring apparatus is a pulse oximeter which measures the saturation of oxygen in the blood. The pumping of the heart forces freshly oxygenated blood into the arteries causing greater energy attenuation. The saturation of oxygenated blood may be determined from the depth of the PCf/US92/01895 V~,~ 92/15955 valleys relative to the peaks of two plethysmographic waveforms measured at separate wavelengths. However, motion induced undesired signal portions, or motion artifacts, must be removed from the measured signal for the oximeter to continue the measurement during periods when the patient moves.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is a signal processor which acquires a first signal and a second signal that is correlated to the first signal. The first signal comprises a first desired signal portion and a first undesired signal portion. The second signal comprises a second desired signal portion and a second undesired signal portion. The signals may be acquired by propagating energy through a medium and measuring an attenuated signal after transmission or reflection.
Alternatively, the signal may be acquired by measuring energy generated by the medium.
The first and second measured signals are processed to generate a noise reference signal which does not contain the desired signal portions from either of the first or second measured signals. The remaining undesired signal portions from the first and second measured signals are combined to form a noise reference signal. This noise reference signal is correlated to the undesired signal portion of each of the first and second measured signals.
The noise reference signal is then used to remove the undesired portion of each of the first and second measured signals via an adaptive noise canceler. An adaptive noise canceler can be described by analogy to a dynamic multiple notch filter which dynamically changes its transfer function in response to the noise reference signal and the 2~.05~~~
Vy~ 92/15955 9 PCT/US92/01895 measured signals to remove frequencies from the measured signals that are also present in the noise reference signal. Thus, a typical adaptive noise canceler receives the signal from which it is desired to remove noise and a noise reference signal. The output of the adaptive noise canceler is a good approximation to the desired signal with the noise removed.
Physiological monitors can often advantageously employ signal processors of the present invention. Often in physiological measurements a first signal comprising a first desired portion and a first undesired portion and a second signal comprising a second desired portion and a second undesired portion are acquired. The signals may be acquired by propagating energy through a patient's body (or a material which is derived from the body, such as breath, blood, or tissue, for example) and measuring an attenuated signal after transmission or reflection.
Alternatively, the signal may be acquired by measuring energy generated by a patient's body, such as in electrocardiography. The signals are processed via the signal processor of the present invention to acquire a noise reference signal which is input to an adaptive noise canceler.
One physiological monitoring apparatus which can advantageously incorporate the features of the present invention is a monitoring system which detenaines a signal which is representative of the arterial pulse, called a plethysmographic wave. This signal can be used in blood ~.~ 0682 WO 92/15955 1~ PCT/US92/01895 pressure calculations, blood gas saturation measurements, etc. A specific example of such a use is in pulse oximetry which determines the saturation of oxygen in the blood. In this configuration, the desired portion of the signal is the arterial blood contribution to attenuation of energy as it passes through a portion of the body where blood flows close to the skin. The pumping of the heart causes blood flow to increase and decrease in the arteries in a periodic fashion, causing periodic attenuation wherein the periodic waveform is the plethysmographic waveform representative of the pulse.
A physiological monitor particularly adapted to pulse oximetry oxygen saturation measurement comprises two light emitting diodes (LED's) which emit light at different wavelengths to produce first and second signals. A
detector registers the attenuation of the two different energy signals after each passes through an absorptive media, for example a digit such as a finger, or an earlobe. The attenuated signals generally comprise both desired and undesired signal portions. A static filtering system, such as a band pass filter, removes a portion of the undesired signal which is static, or constant, or outside of a known bandwidth of interest, leaving an erratic or random undesired signal portion, often caused by motion and often difficult to remove, along with the desired signal portion.
Next, a processor of the present invention removes the desired signal portions from the measured signals 21(~~~~~
W~ 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 yielding a noise reference signal which is a combination of the remaining undesired signal portions. The noise reference signal is correlated to both of the undesired signal portions. The noise reference signal and at least one of the measured signals are input to an adaptive noise canceler which removes the random or erratic portion of the undesired signal. This yields a good approximation to the desired plethysmographic signal as measured at one of the measured signal wavelengths. As is known in the art, quantitative measurements of the amount of oxygenated blood in the body can be determined from the plethysmographic signal in a variety of ways.
One aspect of the present invention is a signal processor comprising a detector for receiving a first signal which travels along a first propagation path and a second signal which travels along a second propagation path wherein a portion of the first and second propagation paths are located in a propagation medium. The first signal has a first desired signal portion and a first undesired signal portion and the second signal has a second desired signal portion and a second undesired signal portion. The first and second undesired signal portions are a result of a perturbation of the propagation medium. This aspect of the invention additionally comprises a reference processor having an input for receiving the first and second signals. The processor is adapted to combine the first and second signals to generate a reference signal having a primary component which is a function of the first and said second undesired signal portions.
The above described aspect of the present invention may further comprise an adaptive signal processor for receiving the reference signal and the first signal and for deriving therefrom an output signal having a primary component which is a function of the first desired signal portion of the first signal. Alternatively, the above described aspect of the present invention may further comprise an adaptive signal processor for receiving the reference signal and the second signal and for deriving therefrom an output signal having a primary component which is a function of the second desired signal portion of the second signal. The adaptive signal processor may comprise an adaptive noise canceler. The adaptive noise canceler may be comprise a joint process estimator having a least-squares-lattice predictor and a regression filter.
The detector in the aspect of the signal processor of the present invention described above may further comprise a sensor for sensing a physiological function. The sensor may comprise a light sensitive device. Additionally, the present invention may further comprising a pulse oximeter for measuring oxygen saturation in a living organism.
Another aspect of the present invention is a physiological monitoring apparatus comprising a detector for receiving a first physiological measurement signal which travels along a first propagation path and a second physiological measurement signal which travels along a VI!,~,~ 92/15955 ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 second propagation path. A portion of the first and second propagation paths is located in a propagation medium. The first signal has a first desired signal portion and a first undesired signal portion and the second signal has a second desired signal portion and a second undesired signal portion. The physiological monitoring apparatus further comprises a reference processor having an input for receiving the first and second signals. The processor is adapted to combine the first and second signals to generate a reference signal having a primary component which is a function of the first and the second undesired signal portions.
The physiological monitoring apparatus may further comprise an adaptive signal processor for receiving the reference signal and the first signal and for deriving therefrom an output signal having a primary component which is a function of the first desired signal portion of the first signal. Alternatively, the physiological monitoring apparatus may further comprise an adaptive signal processor for receiving the reference signal and the second signal and for deriving therefrom an output signal having a primary component which is a function of the second desired signal portion of the second signal.
The physiological monitoring apparatus may further comprise a pulse oximeter.
A further aspect of the present invention is an apparatus for measuring a blood constituent comprising an energy source for directing a plurality of predetermined WO 92/15955 ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 14 PCT/US92/01895 ..
wavelengths of electromagnetic energy upon a specimen and a detector for receiving the plurality of predetermined wavelengths of electromagnetic energy from the specimen.
The detector produces electrical signals corresponding to the predetermined wavelengths in response to the electromagnetic energy. At least two of the electrical signals each has a desired signal portion and an undesired signal portion. Additionally, the apparatus comprises a reference processor having an input for receiving the electrical signals. The processor is configured to combine said electrical signals to generate a reference signal having a primary component which is derived from the undesired signal portions.
This aspect of the present invention may further comprise an adaptive signal processor for receiving the reference signal and one of the two electrical signals and for deriving therefrom an output signal having a primary component which is a function of the desired signal portion of the electrical signal. This may be accomplished by use of an adaptive noise canceler in the adaptive signal processor which may employ a joint process estimator having a least-squares-lattice predictor and a regression filter.
Yet another aspect of the present invention is a blood gas monitor for non-invasively measuring a blood constituent in a body comprising a light source for directing at least two predetermined wavelengths of light upon a body and a detector for receiving the light from V,1~.192/15955 ~ ~ J ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 the body. The detector, in response to the light from the body, produces at least two electrical signals corresponding to the at least two predetermined wavelengths of light. The at least two electrical signals each has a desired signal portion and an undesired signal portion. The blood oximeter further comprises a reference processor having an input for receiving the at least two electrical signals. The processor is adapted to combine the at least two electrical signals to generate a reference signal with a primary component which is derived from the undesired signal portions. The blood oximeter may further comprise an adaptive signal processor for receiving the reference signal and the two electrical signals and for deriving therefrom at least two output signals which are substantially equal, respectively, to the desired signal portions of the electrical signals.
The present invention also includes a method of determining a noise reference signal from a first signal comprising a first desired signal portion and a first noise portion and a second signal comprising a second desired signal portion and a second noise portion. The method comprises the steps of selecting a signal coefficient which is proportional to a ratio of predetermined attributes of the first desired signal portion and predetermined attributes of the second desired signal portion. The first signal and the second signal coefficient are input into a signal multiplier wherein the first signal is multiplied by the signal coefficient WO 92/15955 ~ l U j ~ ~ ~ 16 PC1'/US92/01895 thereby generating a first intermediate signal. The second signal and the first intermediate signal are input into a signal subtractor wherein the first intermediate signal is subtracted from the second signal. This generates a noise reference signal having a primary component which is derived from the first and second noise signal portions. The first and second signals in this method may be derived from light energy transmitted through an absorbing medium.
The present invention further embodies a physiological monitoring apparatus comprising means for acquiring a first signal comprising a first desired signal portion and a first undesired signal portion and a second signal comprising a second desired signal portion and a second undesired signal portion. The physiological monitoring apparatus of the present invention also comprises means for determining from the first and second signals a noise reference signal. Additionally, the monitoring apparatus comprises an adaptive noise canceler having a noise reference input for receiving the noise reference signal and a signal input for receiving the first signal wherein the adaptive noise canceler, in real or near real time, generates an output signal which approximates the first desired signal portion. The adaptive noise canceler may further comprise a joint process estimator.
A further aspect of the present invention is an apparatus for processing an amplitude modulated signal ~~o~os2 V~ 92/15955 PGT/US92/01895 having a signal amplitude complicating feature, the apparatus comprising an energy source for directing electromagnetic energy upon a specimen. Additionally, the apparatus comprises a detector for acquiring a first amplitude modulated signal and a second amplitude modulated signal. Each of the first and second signals has a component containing information about the attenuation of electromagnetic energy by the specimen and a signal amplitude complicating feature. The apparatus includes a reference processor for receiving the first and second amplitude modulated signals and deriving therefrom a noise reference signal which is correlated with the signal amplitude complicating feature. Further, the apparatus incorporates an adaptive noise canceler having a signal input for receiving the first amplitude modulated signal, a noise reference input for receiving the noise reference signal, wherein the adaptive noise canceler produces an output signal having a primary component which is derived from the component containing information about the attenuation of electromagnetic energy by the specimen.
Still another aspect of the present invention is an apparatus for extracting a plethysmographic waveform from an amplitude modulated signal having a signal amplitude complicating feature, the apparatus comprising a light source for transmitting light into an organism and a detector for monitoring light from the organism. The detector produces a first light attenuation signal and a second light attenuation signal, wherein each of the first L
~lU~)bt WO 92/15955 PCT/LS92/01895 _"
and second light attenuation signals has a component which is representative of a plethysmographic waveform and a component which is representative of the signal amplitude complicating feature. The apparatus also includes a reference processor for receiving the first and second light attenuation signals and deriving therefrom a noise reference signal. The noise reference signal and the signal amplitude complicating feature each has a frequency spectrum. The frequency spectrum of the noise reference signal is correlated with the frequency spectrum of the signal amplitude complicating feature. Additionally incorporated into this embodiment of the present invention is an adaptive noise canceler having a signal input for receiving the first attenuation signal and a noise reference input for receiving the noise reference signal.
The adaptive noise canceler produces an output signal having a primary component which is derived from the component which is representative of a plethysmographic waveform.
The present invention also comprises a method of removing a motion artifact signal from a signal derived from a physiological measurement wherein a first signal having a physiological measurement component and a motion artifact component and a second signal having a physiological measurement component and a motion artifact component are acquired. From the first and second signals a motion artifact noise reference signal which is a primary function of the first and second signals motion 2~.0~~8~
w.~ 92/15955 PCf/US92/01895 artifact components is derived. This method of removing a motion artifact signal from a signal derived from a physiological measurement may also comprise the step of inputting the motion artifact noise reference signal into an adaptive noise canceler to produce an output signal which is a primary function of the first signal physiological measurement component.
WO 92/15955 2 ~ PCf/US92/01895 ~~.U~la~~
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
FIG. 1 illustrates an ideal plethysmographic waveform.
FIG. 2 schematically illustrates the cross-sectional structure of a typical finger.
FIG. 3 illustrates a plethysmographic waveform which includes a motion-induced undesired erratic signal portion.
FIG. 4 illustrates a schematic diagram of a physiological monitor incorporating a processor of the present invention and an adaptive noise canceler.
FIG. 4a illustrates the transfer function of a multiple notch filter.
FIG. 5 illustrates an example of an adaptive noise canceler which could be employed in a physiological monitor which also incorporates the processor of the present invention.
FIG. 6a illustrates a schematic absorbing material comprising N constituents within an absorbing material.
W~.92/15955 2 ,~ ~ ~ 6 ~j ~ 21 PCT/US92/01895 FIG. 6b illustrates another schematic absorbing material comprising N constituents within an absorbing material.
FIG. 7 is a schematic model of a joint process estimator comprising a least-squares lattice predictor and a regression filter.
FIG. 8 is a flowchart representing a subroutine capable of implementing a joint process estimator as modeled in FIG. 7.
FIG. 9 is a schematic model of a joint process estimator with a least-squares lattice predictor and two regression filters.
FIG. 10 is an example of a physiological monitor incorporating a processor of the present invention and an adaptive noise canceler within a microprocessor. This physiological monitor is specifically designed to measure a plethysmographic waveform and perform pulse oximetry measurements.
FIG. 11 is a graph of oxygenated and deoxygenated absorption coefficients vs. wavelength.
WO 92/15955 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 FIG. 12 is a graph of the ratio of the absorption coefficients of deoxygenated hemoglobin divided by oxygenated hemoglobin vs. wavelength.
FIG. 13 is an expanded view of a portion of FIG. 11 marked by a circle labelled 13.
FIG. 14 illustrates a signal measured at a first red wavelength xa=lredl=650nm for use in a processor of the present invention employing the ratiometric method for determining the noise reference signal n'(t) and for use in a joint process estimator. The measured signal comprises a desired portion Y~a(t) and an undesired portion Riga (t) .
FIG. 15 illustrates a signal measured at a second red wavelength ~b=~lred2=685nm for use in a processor of the present invention employing the ratiometric method for determining the noise reference signal n'(t). The measured signal comprises a desired portion Y~b(t) and an undesired portion nab(t).
FIG. 16 illustrates a signal measured at an infrared wavelength ~c=.1IR=940nm for use in a joint process estimator. The measured signal comprises a desired portion Y~~ (t) and an undesired portion n~~ (t) .
~210~68~
W.~ 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 FIG. 17 illustrates the noise reference signal n'(t) determined by a processor of the present invention using the ratiometric method.
FIG. 18 illustrates a good approximation Y'ze(t) to the desired portion Y~~(t) of the signal S~a(t) measured at ~la=~redl=650nm estimated with a noise reference signal n'(t) determined by the ratiometric method.
FIG. 19 illustrates a good approximation Y'~~(t) to the desired portion Y~~(t) of the signal S~~(t) measured at plc=.tIR=940nm estimated with a noise reference signal n'(t) determined by the ratiometric method.
FIG. 20 illustrates a signal measured at a red wavelength ~a=.bred=660nm for use in a processor of the present invention employing the constant saturation method for determining the noise reference signal n'(t) and for use in a joint process estimator. The measured signal comprises a desired portion Y~a(t) and an undesired portion ri~a(t) .
FIG. 21 illustrates a signal measured at an infrared wavelength alb=~lIR=940nm for use in a processor of the present invention employing the constant saturation method for determining the noise reference signal n'(t) and for use in a joint process estimator. The measured signal ~1U~6~~
WO 92/15955 PC'TlUS92/01895 comprises a desired portion Y~b(t) and an undesired portion n~b(t) .
FIG. 22 illustrates the noise reference signal n'(t) determined by a processor of the present invention using the constant saturation method.
FIG. 23 illustrates a good approximation Y'~e(t) to the desired portion Y~e(t) of the signal Sze(t) measured at .1a=.bred=660nm estimated with a noise reference signal n'(t) determined by the constant saturation method.
FIG. 24 illustrates a good approximation Y'ab(t) to the desired portion Y~b(t) of the signal Sab(t) measured at alb=~lIR=940nm estimated with a noise reference signal n' (t) determined by the constant saturation method.
2~~~6~~
W~, 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENT
The present invention is a processor which determines a noise reference signal n'(t) for use in an adaptive noise canceler. An adaptive noise canceler estimates a good approximation Y'(t) to a desired signal Y(t) from a composite signal S(t) - Y(t) + n(t) which, in addition to the desired portion Y(t) comprises an undesired portion n(t). The undesired portion n(t) may contain one or more of a constant portion, a predictable portion, an erratic portion, a random portion, etc. The approximation to the desired signal Y'(t) is derived by removing as many of the undesired portions n(t) from the composite signal S(t) as possible. The constant portion and predictable portion are easily removed with traditional filtering techniques, such as simple subtraction, low pass, band pass, and high pass filtering. The erratic portion is more difficult to remove due to its unpredictable nature. If something is known about the erratic signal, even statistically, it could be removed from the measured signal via traditional filtering techniques. However, it is often the case that no information is known about the erratic portion of the noise. In this case, traditional filtering techniques are usually insufficient. Often no information about the erratic portion of the measured signal is known. Thus, an adaptive noise canceler is utilized in the present invention to remove the erratic portion.
WO 92/15955 ~ ~~ c~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 Generally, an adaptive noise canceler has two signal inputs and one output. One of the inputs is the noise reference signal n'(t) which is correlated to the erratic undesired signal portions n(t) present in the composite signal S(t). The other input is for the composite signal S(t). Ideally, the output of the adaptive noise canceler Y'(t) corresponds to the desired signal portion Y(t) only.
Often, the most difficult task in the application of adaptive noise cancelers is determining the noise reference signal n'(t) which is correlated to the erratic undesired portion n(t) of the measured signal S(t) since, as discussed above, unpredictable signal portions are usually quite difficult to isolate from the measured signal S(t). In the signal processor of the present invention, a noise reference signal n'(t) is determined from two composite signals measured simultaneously, or nearly simultaneously, at two different wavelengths, .ta and lib. The signal processor of the present invention can be advantageously used in a monitoring device, such a monitor being well suited for physiological monitoring.
A block diagram of a generic monitor incorporating a signal processor, or reference processor, according to the present invention and an adaptive noise canceler is shown in Figure 4. Two measured signals, S~e(t) and S~b(t), are acquired by a detector 20. One skilled in the art will realize that for some physiological measurements, more than one detector may be advantageous. Each signal is conditioned by a signal conditioner 22a and 22b.
W",~ 92/15955 Conditioning includes, but is not limited to, such procedures as filtering the signals to remove constant portions and amplifying the signals for ease of manipulation. The signals are then converted to digital data by an analog-to-digital converter 24a and 24b. The first measured signal Sae(t) comprises a first desired signal portion, labelled herein Yaa(t), and a first undesired signal portion, labelled herein n~e(t). The second measured signal Sab(t) is at least partially correlated to the first measured signal S~e(t) and comprises a second desired signal portion, labelled herein Y~b(t), and a second undesired signal portion, labelled herein n~b(t). Typically the first and second undesired signal portions, naa(t) and n~b(t), are uncorrelated and/or erratic with respect to the desired signal portions Y~a(t) and Yzb ( t ) . The undesired s ignal portions nze ( t ) and nzb ( t ) are often caused by motion of a patient. The signals S~e (t) and S~b(t) are input to a reference processor 26.
The reference processor 26 multiplies the second measured signal S~b(t) by a factor 7~ and then subtracts the second measured signal S~b(t) from the first measured signal S~e (t) . The factor Z~ is determined to cause the desired signal portions Yze(t) and Y~b(t) to cancel when the two signals Sze(t) and S~b(t) are subtracted. Thus, the output of the reference processor 26 is a noise reference signal n' (t) - n~a(t) - ?~n~b(t) which is correlated to both of the erratic undesired signal portions n~e(t) and n~b(t) . The noise reference signal n'(t) is input, along with one of ~lU~b~2 28 the measured signals S~a(t), to an adaptive noise canceler 27 which uses the noise reference signal n'(t) to remove the undesired signal portion nze(t) or nzb(t) from the measured signal S~a(t). It will be understood that Szb(t) could have been input to the adaptive noise canceler 27 along with the noise reference signal n'(t) instead of S~a(t). The output of the adaptive noise canceler 27 is a good approximation Y'~a(t) to the desired signal Yza(t).
The approximation Y'aa(t) is displayed on the display 28.
An adaptive noise canceler 30, an example of which is shown in block diagram in Figure 5, is employed to remove the erratic, undesired signal portions n~e(t) and nzb(t) from the measured signals Sza(t) and S~b(t) . The adaptive noise canceler 30 in Figure 5 has as one input a sample of the noise reference signal n'(t) which is correlated to the undesired signal portions nza(t) and nzb(t). The noise reference signal n'(t) is determined from the two measured signals S~a(t) and S~b(t) by the processor 26 of the present invention as described herein. A second input to the adaptive noise canceler is a sample of either the first or second measured signal Sza (t) - Y~e (t) + nza (t) or Szb (t) -Y~b(t) + n~b(t) .
The adaptive noise canceler 30 functions to remove frequencies common to both the noise reference signal n'(t) and the measured signal S~e(t) or S~b(t). Since the noise reference signal n'(t) is correlated to the erratic undesired signal portions n~a(t) and nab(t), the noise reference signal n'(t) is also erratic. The adaptive W",~ 92/15955 ~ ~ $ 2 29 PCT/US92/01895 noise canceler acts in a manner which may be analogized to a dynamic multiple notch filter based on the spectral distribution of the noise reference signal n'(t).
Referring to Figure 4a, the transfer function of a multiple notch filter is shown. The notches, or dips in the amplitude of the transfer function, indicate frequencies which are attenuated or removed when a composite measured signal passes through the notch filter.
The output of the notch filter is the composite signal having frequencies at which a notch was present removed.
In the analogy to an adaptive noise canceler, the frequencies at which notches are present change continuously based upon the inputs to the adaptive noise canceler.
The adaptive noise canceler 30 shown in Figure 5 produces an output signal, labelled herein Y'~a(t) or Y'~b(t), which is fed back to an internal processor 32 within the adaptive noise canceler 30. The internal processor 32 automatically adjusts its own transfer function according to a predetermined algorithm such that the output of the internal processor 32, labelled b(t), closely resembles the undesired signal portion n~e(t) or nzb ( t ) . The output b ( t ) of the internal processor 3 2 is subtracted from the measured signal, S~e(t) or S~b(t), yielding a signal Y' ~e (t) ~ S~e (t) + n~a (t) - bza (t) or Y'~b(t) ~ S~b(t) + nzb(t) - bzb(t) . The internal processor optimizes Y' za (t) or Y' ~b(t) such that Y' ~e (t) or Y' zb(t) is approximately equal to the desired signal Yla(t) or Y~b(t), respectively.
One algorithm which may be used for the adjustment of the transfer function of the internal processor 32 is a least-squares algorithm, as described in Chapter 6 and Chapter 12 of the book Adaptive Sic,~nal Processing by Bernard Widrow and Samuel Stearns, published by Prentice Hall, copyright 1985.
Adaptive processors 30 have been successfully applied to a number of problems including antenna sidelobe canceling, pattern recognition, the elimination of periodic interference in general, and the elimination of echoes on long distance telephone transmission lines.
However, considerable ingenuity is often required to find a suitable noise reference signal n'(t) for a given application since the random or erratic portions n~a(t) or nlb(t) cannot easily be separated from the measured signal S~a(t) or Szb(t) . If the actual undesired signal portion n~a(t) or nlb(t) were a priori available, techniques such as adaptive noise canceling would not be necessary. The unique determination of a suitable noise reference signal n'(t) -from measurements taken by a monitor incorDOrating a reference processor of the present invention is one aspect of the present invention.
V~~ 92/15955 ~ 1 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 GENERALIZED DETERMINATION OF NOISE REFERENCE SIGNAL
An explanation which describes how the noise reference signal n'(t) may be determined as follows. A
first signal is measured at, for example, a wavelength .la, by a detector yielding a signal S~a(t):
S1a(t) - Yaa(t) + Il~a(t) ; (1) where Y~a(t) is the desired signal and n~a(t) is the noise component.
A similar measurement is taken simultaneously, or nearly simultaneously, at a different wavelength, ~,b, yielding:
S xb ( t ) - Yob ( t ) + nib. ( 2 ) Note that as long as the measurements, Sza(t) and S~b(t) , are taken substantially simultaneously, the undesired signal components, n~a(t) and n~b(t), will be correlated because any random or erratic functions will affect each measurement in nearly the same fashion.
To obtain the noise reference signal n'(t), the measured signals S~a(t) and S~b(t) are transformed to eliminate the desired signal components. One way of doing this is to find a proportionality constant, ~~, between the desired signals Y~a(t) and Y~b(t) such that:
Yxa(t) - ~tYlb(t) ' (3) This proportionality relationship can be satisfied in many measurements, including but not limited to absorption measurements and physiological measurements.
Additionally, in most measurements, the proportionality constant 7~~ can be determined such that:
n~a(t) * Z~~n~b(t) . (4) Multiplying equation (2) by 2~~ and then subtracting equation (2) from equation (1) results in a single equation wherein the desired signal terms Y~a(t) and Szb(t) cancel, leaving:
n' (t) - S~e(t) - ~~S~b(t) - "~a(t) - ~'~nxb(t) a non-zero signal which is correlated to each undesired signal portion nze(t) and nzb(t) and can be used as the noise reference signal n'(t) in an adaptive noise canceler.
ExAMpr.F ~F nETF~trmNATION OF NOISE REFERENCE SIGNAL
IN AN ABSORPTIVE SYSTEM
Adaptive noise canceling is particularly useful in a large number of measurements generally described as absorption measurements. An example of an absorption type monitor which can advantageously employ adaptive noise canceling based upon a noise reference signal n'(t) determined by a processor of the present invention is one which determines the concentration of an energy absorbing constituent within an absorbing material when the material is subject to perturbation. Such perturbations can be caused by forces about which information is desired, or alternatively, by random or erratic forces such as a mechanical force on the material. Random or erratic interference, such as motion, generates undesired noise 21 a ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 W~ 92/15955 components in the measured signal. These undesired components can be removed by the adaptive noise canceler if a suitable noise reference signal n'(t) is known.
A schematic N constituent absorbing material comprising a container 42 having N different absorbing constituents, labelled A~, A2, A3, ... AN, is shown schematically in Figure 6a. The constituents A~ through AN
in Figure 6a are arranged in a generally orderly, layered fashion within the container 42. An example of a particular type of absorptive system is one in which light energy passes through the container 42 and is absorbed according to the generalized Beer-Lambert Law of light absorption. For light of wavelength ~la, this attenuation may be approximated by:
N
1=IQe-~s.og~.a.~~X~
(6) Initially transforming the signal by taking the natural log of both sides and manipulating terms, the signal is transformed such that the signal components are combined by addition rather than multiplication, i.e.:
Spa=In ( Io~I) _ ~N.oei.xaC'fXi where Io is the incident light energy intensity; I is the transmitted light energy intensity; e~,~a is the absorption coefficient of the i~" constituent at the wavelength ~la;
x~(t) is the optical path length of it" layer, i.e., the thickness of material of the it" layer through which 2~_~5~~?
optical energy passes: and c~ (t) is the concentration of the ith constituent in the volume associated with the thickness x~(t). The absorption coefficients ei through eN
are known values which are constant at each wavelength.
Most concentrations c~(t) through cN(t) are typically unknown, as are most of the optical path lengths x~(t) of each layer. The total optical path length is the sum of each of the individual optical path lengths x~(t) of each layer.
When the material is not subject to any forces which cause perturbation in the thicknesses of the layers, the optical path length of each layer, x~(t), is generally constant. This results in generally constant attenuation of the optical energy and thus, a generally constant offset in the measured signal. Typically, this portion of the signal is of little interest since knowledge about a force which perturbs the material is usually desired. Any signal portion outside of a known bandwidth of interest, including the constant undesired signal portion resulting from the generally constant absorption of the constituents when not subject to perturbation, should be removed. This is easily accomplished by traditional band pass filtering techniques. However, when the material is subject to forces, each layer of constituents may be affected by the perturbation differently than each other layer. Some perturbations of the optical path lengths of each layer x~ (t) may result in excursions in the measured signal which represent desired information. Other perturbations of the ~1Q~6~~
W~..92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 optical path length of each layer x~(t) cause undesired excursions which mask desired information in the measured signal. Undesired signal components associated with undesired excursions must also be removed to obtain desired information from the measured signal.
The adaptive noise canceler removes from the composite signal, measured after being transmitted through or reflected from the absorbing material, the undesired signal components caused by forces which perturb the material differently from the forces which perturbed the material to cause the desired signal component. For the purposes of illustration, it will be assumed that the portion of the measured signal which is deemed the desired signal Y~e(t) is the attenuation term ESC5x5(t) associated with a constituent of interest, namely A5, and that the layer of constituent A5 is affected by perturbations differently than each of the layers of other constituents A~ through A~ and A6 through AN. An example of such a situation is when layer A5 is subject to forces about which information is desired and, additionally, the entire material is subject to forces which affect each of the layers. In this case, since the total force affecting the layer of constituents AS is different than the total forces affecting each of the other layers and information is desired about the forces and resultant perturbation of the layer of constituents AS, attenuation terms due to constituents A~ through A4 and A6 through AN make up the undesired signal n~e(t). Even if the additional forces ~1U51i~~
which affect the entire material cause the same perturbation in each layer, including the layer of A5, the total forces on the layer of constituent AS cause it to have different total perturbation than each of the other layers of constituents A~ through A~ and A6 through AN.
It is often the case that the total perturbation affecting the layers associated with the undesired signal components is caused by random or erratic forces. This causes the thickness of layers to change erratically and the optical path length of each layer, x~(t), to change erratically, thereby producing a random or erratic undesired signal component n~a(t). However, regardless of whether or not the undesired signal portion n~a(t) is erratic, the undesired signal component n~a(t) can be removed via an adaptive noise canceler having as one input a noise reference signal n'(t) determined by a processor of the present invention as long as the perturbation on layers other than the layer of constituent A5 is different than the perturbation on the layer of constituent A5. The adaptive noise canceler yields a good approximation to the desired signal Y'ze(t). From this approximation, the concentration of the constituent of interest, c5(t), can often be determined since in some physiological measurements, the thickness of the desired signal component, x5(t) in this example, is known or can be determined.
The adaptive noise canceler utilizes a sample of a noise reference signal n'(t) determined from two W~,92/15955 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 substantially simultaneously measured signals S~e(t) and S~b(t). Sze(t) is determined as above in equation (7).
S~b(t) is determined similarly at a different wavelength Jib. To find the noise reference signal n'(t), attenuated transmitted energy is measured at the two different wavelengths .la and alb and transformed via logarithmic conversion. The signals S~e(t) and S~b(t) can then be written (logarithm converted) as:
Saa ( t) = ES.aaCsXS ( t) + (F.ri.lEi.laCiXi ( t) +Ek.6Ek.~ackXk ( t) ) (8) ES.a:C5X5 ( t) + nae ( t) (9) $~b ( t) = E5, ibC5X5 ( ~) + ~~r' j.IEi, xbCiXi ( t) +~'rk.6Ek. xbCkXk ( t) ) (10) Es.xbcsxs ( t) '" nxb ( t) (11) A further transformation of the signals is the proportionality relationship defining T~2, similarly to equation (3), which allows determination of a noise reference signal n'(t), is:
8 = ~ZeS,lb~ where (12) n~a ~ 7~Zn~b. ( 13 ) It is often the case that both equations (12) and (13) can be simultaneously satisfied. Multiplying equation (11) by 2 and subtracting the result from equation (9) yields a non-zero noise reference signal which is a linear sum of ~1U~G~~
undesired signal components:
n~ (t) - Sae(t) - fZsxb(t) - nxa(t) - fznxb(t) - (14) F'i=lEi,xaCiXi ( t) +~k=6Ek,aaC7~k( t) ~i~lW2Ei.abCiXi ( t) '~'rk.6WZEk,xbCkXk( t) (15) =~ii~lCiXi ( t) ~Ei.la W2Ei..lb~ + F'k~6CkXk ( t) ~Ek,aa W2Ek,.lb~
(16) A sample of this noise reference signal n'(t), and a sample of either measured signal S~a(t) or Szb(t) , are input to an adaptive noise canceler, one model of which is shown in Figure 5 and a preferred model of which is discussed herein under the heading PREFERRED ADAPTIVE NOISE CANCELER
USING A JOINT PROCESS ESTIMATOR IMPLEMENTATION. The adaptive noise canceler removes the undesired portion of the measured signal n~a(t) or n~b(t), yielding a good approximation to the desired portion of signal Y'~a(t) ES~~aC5X5 (t) or Y' ~b(t) ~ ES~~bC5X5 (t) . The concentration c5 (t) may then be determined from the approximation to the desired signal Y'ze(t) or Y'~b(t) according to:
C5 (t) ~ Y~la(t)~~5,1ax5(t) "" Y~zb(t)~ES,IbxS(t) ' (17) As discussed previously, the absorption coefficients are constant at each wavelength .la and .1b and the thickness of the desired signal component, x5(t) in this example, is often known or can be determined as a function of time, thereby allowing calculation of the concentration c5(t) of constituent AS .
V~Q 92/15955 DETERMINATION OF CONCENTRATION OR SATURATION
IN A VOLUME CONTAINING MORE THAN ONE CONSTITUENT
Referring to Figure 6b, another material having N
different constituents arranged in layers is shown. In this material, two constituents A5 and A6 are found within one layer having thickness x5,6(t) - x5(t) + x6(t), located generally randomly within the layer. This is analogous to combining the layers of constituents AS and A6 in Figure 6a. A combination of layers, such as the combination of layers of constituents A5 and A6, is feasible when the two layers are under the same total forces which result in the same perturbation of the optical path lengths xs(t) and x6(t) of the layers.
Often it is desirable to find the concentration or the saturation, i.e., a percent concentration, of one constituent within a given thickness which contains more than one constituent and is subject to unique forces. A
determination of the concentration or the saturation of a constituent within a given volume may be made with any number of constituents in the volume subject to the same total forces and therefore under the same perturbation.
To determine the saturation of one constituent in a volume comprising many constituents, as many measured signals as there are constituents which absorb incident light energy are necessary. It will be understood that constituents which do not absorb light energy are not consequential in WO 92/15955 PCf/US92/01895 the determination of saturation. To determine the concentration, as many signals as there are constituents which absorb incident light energy are necessary as well as information about the sum of concentrations.
It is often the case that a thickness under unique motion contains only two constituents. For example, it may be desirable to know the concentration or saturation of A5 within a given volume which contains A5 and A6. In this case, the desired signals Y~e (t) and Yob (t) comprise terms related to both AS and A6 so that a determination of the concentration or saturation of A5 or A6 in the volume may be made. A determination of saturation is discussed herein. It will be understood that the concentration of A5 in volume containing both A5 and A6 could also be determined if it is known that A5+A6=1, i.e., that there are no constituents in the volume which do not absorb incident light energy at the particular measurement wavelengths chosen. The measured signals S~a(t) and S~b(t) can be written (logarithm converted) as:
Sxe(t) - ES,aaC5X5,6(t) + e6~~eC6X5~6(t) + n~a(t) (1$) - Y~e(t) + n~e(t) ; (19) Slb(t) E5,1bc5X5,6(t) + E6~~bC6X5~6(t) + n~b(t) (20) - Y~b(t) + nzb(t) . (21) Any signal portions outside of a known bandwidth of interest, including the constant undesired signal portion resulting from the generally constant absorption of the constituents when not under perturbation, should be removed to determine an approximation to the desired 2105fi82 W.Q 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 signal. This is easily accomplished by traditional band pass filtering techniques. As in the previous example, it is often the case that the total perturbation affecting the layers associated with the undesired signal components is caused by random or erratic forces, causing the thickness of each layer, or the optical path length of each layer, x~(t), to change erratically, producing a random or erratic undesired signal component n~e(t).
Regardless of whether or not the undesired signal portion nza(t) is erratic, the undesired signal component n~s(t) can be removed via an adaptive noise canceler having as one input a noise reference signal n'(t) determined by a processor of the present invention as long as the perturbation in layers other than the layer of constituents A5 and Ab is different than the perturbation in the layer of constituents AS and A6. The erratic undesired signal components n~a(t) and n~b(t) may advantageously be removed from equations (18) and (20), or alternatively equations (19) and (21), by an adaptive noise canceler. The adaptive noise canceler, again, requires a sample of a noise reference signal n'(t).
DETERMINATION OF NOISE REFERENCE STGNAL
FOR SATURATION MEASUREMENT
Two methods which may be used by a processor of the present invention to determine the noise reference signal n'(t) are a ratiometric method and a constant saturation method. The preferred embodiment of a physiological monitor incorporating a processor of the present invention utilizes the ratiometric method wherein the two wavelengths Jla and ~,b, at which the signals Spa (t) and Szb(t) are measured, are specifically chosen such that a relationship between the absorption coefficients E5 ~a. ES,xb E6~Za and Eb~Zb eXlStS, 1..e.
E5,1~E6,1a - E5,1lY E6,lb (22) The measured signals S~a(t) and S~b(t) can be factored and written as:
S~a(t) - eb,~a~ (~5,~a~E6,aa)c5X(t) + cbx(t) ] + nxa(t) (23) Szb(t) - E6,~b~ (~5,1b~E6,~lb)csX(t) + cbx(t) ] + n~b(t) . (24) The wavelengths J~a and 1b, chosen to satisfy equation (22), cause the terms within the square brackets to be equal, thereby causing the desired signal portions Y'za(t) and Y'ab(t) to be linearly dependent. Then, a proportionality constant 7~~3 which causes the desired signal portions Y'za(t) and Y'~b(t) to be equal and allows determination of a non-zero noise reference signal n'(t) is:
E6,la - ~~3E6,1b~ where (25) n~a ~ ~~3nxb ~ ( 2 6 ) It is often the case that both equations (25) and (26) can be simultaneously satisfied. Additionally, since absorption coefficients of each constituent are constant with respect to wavelength, the proportionality constant 3 can be easily determined. Furthermore, absorption coefficients of other constituents A~ through A4 and A~
W,~ 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 through AH are generally unequal to the absorption coefficients of A5 and A6. Thus, the undesired noise components n~a and nib are generally not made linearly dependent by the relationships of equations (22) and (25).
Multiplying equation (24) by ~~3 and subtracting the resulting equation from equation (23), a non-zero noise reference signal is determined by:
n~ (t) - S~a(t) - ~r3slb(t) - nla(t) - ~'r3nxb(t) .
(2~) An alternative method for determining the noise reference signal from the measured signals S~e(t) and S~b(t) using a processor of the present invention is the constant saturation approach. In this approach, it is assumed that the saturation of A5 in the volume containing AS and A6 remains relatively constant, i.e.:
saturation (A5 (t) ) - c5(t)/[c5 (t) + c6 (t) ] (2$) - (1 + [cb(t)/c5(t) ] } ' (29) is substantially constant over many samples of the measured signals Spa and Sib. This assumption is accurate over many samples since saturation generally changes relatively slowly in physiological systems.
The constant saturation assumption is equivalent to assuming that:
c5(t)/cb(t) - constant (3o) since the only other term in equation (29) is a constant, namely the numeral 1.
Using this assumption, the proportionality constant ~s3(t) which allows determination of the noise reference 21a56~32 WO 92/15955 ' PCT/US92/01895 signal n'(t) is:
WS3 ( t) _ ~S,~laC5X5.6 ( t) + E6.~aC6X5.6 ( C) ES,.LbC5X5,6 ( ~) + E6,~lbC6X5,6 ( t) (31) - Y,la(t)/Y1b(t) (32) _ E5,.1aC5 + E6,xaC6 ES,.lbCS + E6,.tbC6 (33) c5(t) - ES,xa ( C6 ( ~) ) + ~6.aa CS(t) E5. ab ( C6 ( ~ ) ) + ~6 . ab (34) Y'~e(t)/Y'~b(t) - constant; where (35) n~a(t) ~ 7~53(t)nzb(t) . (36) It is often the case that both equations (35) and (36) can be simultaneously satisfied to determine the proportionality constant ~S3(t). Additionally, the absorption coefficients at each wavelength e5,za, e6,~a, ~
and e6,~b are constant and the central assumption of the constant saturation method is that cs(t)/c6(t) is constant over many sample periods. Thus, a new proportionality constant ?~S3 (t) may be determined every few samples from new approximations to the desired signal as output from the adaptive noise canceler. Thus, the approximations to the desired signals Y'~a(t) and Y'ab(t), found by the adaptive noise canceler for a substantially immediately preceding set of samples of the measured signals Saa(t) and W~ 92/15955 S~b(t) are used in a processor of the present invention for calculating the proportionality constant, ~S3(t), for the next set of samples of the measured signals S~a(t) and szb(t) .
Multiplying equation (20) by Z~S3(t) and subtracting the resulting equation from equation (18) yields a non-zero noise reference signal:
n' (t) - Sxa(t) - fS3(t)Sxb(t) ' n~a(t) - ~'S3(t)n~b(t) .(37) It will be understood that equation (21) could be multiplied by T~S3(t) and the resulting equation could be subtracted from equation (19) to yield the same noise reference signal n'(t) as given in equation (37).
When using the constant saturation method, it is necessary for the patient to remain motionless for a short period of time such that an accurate initial saturation value can be determined by known methods other than adaptive noise canceling on which all other calculations will be based. With no erratic, motion-induced undesired signal portions, a physiological monitor can very quickly produce an initial value of the saturation of A5 in the volume containing A5 and Ab. An example of a saturation calculation is given in the article "SPECTROPHOTOMETRIC
DETERMINATION OF OXYGEN SATURATION OF BLOOD INDEPENDENT OF
THE PRESENT OF INDOCYANINE GREEN" by G.A. Mook, et al., wherein determination of oxygen saturation in arterial blood is discussed. Another article discussing the calculation of oxygen saturation is "PULSE OXIMETRY:
PHYSICAL PRINCIPLES, TECHNICAL REALIZATION AND PRESENT
LIMITATIONS" by Michael R. Neuman. Then, with values for Y'~a(t) and Y'zb(t) determined, an adaptive noise canceler may be utilized with a noise reference signal n'(t) determined by the constant saturation method.
PREFERRED ADAPTIVE NOISE CANCELER USING A
JOINT PROCESS ESTIMATOR IMPLEMENTATION
Once the noise reference signal n'(t) is determined by the processor of the present invention using either the above described ratiometric or constant saturation methods, the adaptive noise canceler can be implemented in either hardware or software.
The least mean squares (LMS) implementation of the internal processor 32 described above in conjunction with the adaptive noise canceler of Figure 5 is relatively easy to implement, but lacks the speed of adaptation desirable for most physiological monitoring applications of the present invention. Thus, a faster approach for adaptive noise canceling, called a least-squares lattice joint process estimator model, is preferably used. A joint process estimator 60 is shown diagrammatically in Figure 7 and is described in detail in Chapter 9 of Adagtive Filter Theory by Simon Haykin, published by Prentice-Hall, copyright 1986. The function of the joint process estimator is to remove the undesired signal portions n~,a(t) or n~,,r,(t) from the measured signals V1I~. 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 S~a(t) or S~b(t) , yielding a signal Y'~e(t) or Y'~b(t) which is a good approximation to the desired signal Yze(t) or Y~b(t) . Thus, the joint process estimator estimates the value of the desired signal Y~e(t) or Y~b(t). The inputs to the joint process estimator 60 are the noise reference signal n'(t) and the composite measured signal S~e(t) or S~b(t). The output is a good approximation to the signal S~e(t) or S~b(t) with the noise removed, i.e. a good approximation to Y~e(t) or Y~b(t) .
The joint process estimator 60 utilizes, in conjunction, a least square lattice predictor 70 and a regression filter 80. The noise reference signal n'(t) is input to the least square lattice predictor 70 while the measured signal S~e(t) or S~b(t) is input to the regression filter 80. For simplicity in the following description, S~e(t) will be the measured signal from which the desired portion Y~e(t) will be estimated by the joint process estimator 60. However, it will be noted that S~b(t) could equally well be input to the regression filter 80 and the desired portion Y~b(t) of this signal could equally well be estimated.
The joint process estimator 60 removes all frequencies that are present in both the noise reference signal n'(t) and the measured signal S~e(t). The undesired signal portion n~e(t) usually comprises frequencies unrelated to those of the desired signal portion Yze (t) .
It is highly improbable that the undesired signal portion n~e(t) would be of exactly the same spectral content as the i U U PCT/US92/01895 W092/15955 ~~~~~~Z 48 desired signal portion Yze(t) . However, in the unlikely event that the spectral content of S~a(t) and n'(t) are similar, this approach will not yield accurate results.
Functionally, the joint process estimator 60 compares input signal n'(t), which is correlated to the undesired signal portion n~e(t), and input signal S~e(t) and removes all frequencies which are identical. Thus, the joint process estimator 60 acts as a dynamic multiple notch filter to remove those frequencies in the undesired signal component n~a(t) as they change erratically with the motion of the patient. This yields a signal having substantially the same spectral content as the desired signal Y~e(t).
The output of the joint process estimator 60 has substantially the same spectral content and amplitude as the desired signal Y~e(t). Thus, the output Y'za(t) of the joint process estimator 60 is a very good approximation to the desired signal Y~a(t).
The joint process estimator 60 can be divided into stages, beginning with a zero-stage and terminating in an mth-stage, as shown in Figure 7. Each stage, except for the zero-stage, is identical to every other stage. The zero-stage is an input stage for the joint process estimator 60. The first stage through the mth-stage work on the signal produced in the immediately previous stage, i.e., the (m-1)th-stage, such that a good approximation to the desired signal Y'~e(t) is produced as output from the mth-stage .
W;~! 92/15955 The least-squares lattice predictor 70 comprises registers 90 and 92, summing elements 100 and 102, and delay elements 110. The registers 90 and 92 contain multiplicative values of a forward reflection coefficient rf,m(t) and a backward reflection coefficient rb,m(t) which multiply the noise reference signal n'(t) and signals derived from the noise reference signal n'(t). Each stage of the least-squares lattice predictor outputs a forward prediction error fm(t) and a backward prediction error bm(t). The subscript m is indicative of the stage.
For each set of samples, i.e. one sample of the noise reference signal n'(t) derived substantially simultaneously with one sample of the measured signal S~s(t), the sample of the noise reference signal n'(t) is input to the least-squares lattice predictor 70. The zero-stage forward prediction error fo(t) and the zero-stage backward prediction error bolt) are set equal to the noise reference signal n'(t). The backward prediction error bolt) is delayed by one sample period by the delay element 110 in the first stage of the least-squares lattice predictor 70. Thus, the immediately previous value of the noise reference signal n'(t) is used in calculations involving the first-stage delay element 110.
The zero-stage forward prediction error is added to the negative of the delayed zero-stage backward prediction error bolt-1) multiplied by the forward reflection coefficient value rf,~(t) register 90 value, to produce a first-stage forward prediction error f~(t). Additionally, ~.IUjf~82 the zero-stage forward prediction error fo(t) is multiplied by the backward reflection coefficient value rb ~ct~ register , 92 value and added to the delayed zero-stage backward prediction error bolt-1) to produce a first-stage backward prediction error b~(t). In each subsequent stage, m, of the least square lattice predictor 70, the previous forward and backward prediction error values, fm_~(t) and bm_~ (t-1) , the backward prediction error being delayed by one sample period, are used to produce values of the forward and backward prediction errors for the present stage, fm(t) and bm(t).
The backward prediction error bm(t) is fed to the concurrent stage, m, of the regression filter 80. There it is input to a register 96, which contains a multiplicative regression coefficient value xm~a(t). For example, in the zero-stage of the regression filter 80, the zero-stage backward prediction error bolt) is multiplied by the zero-stage regression coefficient xo,~e (t) register 96 value and subtracted from the measured value of the signal S~a(t) at a summing element 106 to produce a first stage estimation error signal e~,~a(t) . The first-stage estimation error signal e~,~e(t) is a first approximation to the desired signal. This first-stage estimation error signal ei,~e(t) is input to the first-stage of the regression filter 80. The first-stage backward prediction error b~(t), multiplied by the first-stage regression coefficient x»a(t) register 96 value is subtracted from the first-stage estimation error signal V92/15955 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 e~,~a(t) to produce the second-stage estimation error e2,~e(t) . The second-stage estimation error signal e2,ze(t) is a second, somewhat better approximation to the desired signal Y~e (t) .
The same processes are repeated in the least-squares lattice predictor 70 and the regression filter 80 for each stage until a good approximation to the desired signal Y ~ za (t) - em,~a (t) is determined. Each of the signals discussed above, including the forward prediction error fm(t), the backward prediction error bm(t), the estimation error signal em ~e(t) , is necessary to calculate the forward reflection coefficient rf,~(t), the backward reflection coefficient rb,m(t), and the regression coefficient xm,ze(t) register 90, 92, and 96 values in each stage, m. In addition to the forward prediction error fm(t), the backward prediction error bm(t), and the estimation error em,~a(t) signals, a number of intermediate variables, not shown in Figure 7 but based on the values labelled in Figure 7, are required to calculate the forward reflection coefficient rf,m(t), the backward reflection coefficient rb,m(t), and the regression coefficient xm,~e(t) register 90,92, and 96 values.
Intermediate variables include a weighted sum of the forward prediction error squares ~~(t), a weighted sum of the backward prediction error squares Rm(t), a scaler parameter ~m(t), a conversion factor ym(t), and another scaler parameter pm ~a (t) . The weighted sum of the forward prediction errors .lm ( t) is defined as t m(t) - E ~t ' ~ ~ (i) (2% (38) i=1 where .1 without a wavelength identifier, a or b, is a constant multiplicative value unrelated to wavelength and is typically less than or equal to one, i.e., ~ _< 1. The weighted sum of the backward prediction errors ~3m(t) is defined as:
t Qm(t) - E ~1t-' ~~ (i) ~Z (39) i=1 where, again, 7l without a wavelength identifier, a or b, is a constant multiplicative value unrelated to wavelength and is typically less than or equal to one, i.e., 7~ <_ 1.
These weighted sum intermediate error signals can be manipulated such that they are more easily solved for, as described in Chapter 9, ~ 9.3. and defined hereinafter in equations (53) and (54).
DESCRIPTION OF THE JOINT PROCESS.ESTIMATOR
The operation of the joint process estimator 6o is as follows. When the joint process estimator 60 is turned on, the initial values of intermediate variable and signal including the parameter ~m_~(t), the weighted sum of the forward prediction error signals .~~_~(t), the weighted sum of the backward prediction error signals am_~(t), the parameter pmaa(t), and the zero-stage estimation error a (t) are initialized, some to zero and some to a small o,~e positive number a:
a ~ ~ ~ ~ PCI'/US92/01895 W,~. 92/ 15955 ~m_1 (0) - 0: (40) .~m_~ (0) - d: (41) ~m.1 (0) _ d: (42) Pm,la(0) - 0; (43) eo,~a(t) - S~a(t) for t >_ 0. (44) After initialization, a simultaneous sample of the measured signal S~a(t) and the noise reference signal n'(t) are input to the joint process estimator 60, as shown in Figure 7. The forward and backward prediction error signals fo(t) and bo(t), and intermediate variables including the weighted sums of the forward and backward error signals ,~o(t) and Qo(t) , and the conversion factor yo(t) are calculated for the zero-stage according to:
fo(t) - bolt) - n' (t) (45) ~o(t) - (3o (t) - ~l.~o(t-1) + I n' (t)1 2 (46) yo (t-1) - 1 ' (47) where, again, J~ without a wavelength identifier, a or b, is a constant multiplicative value unrelated to wavelengt: .
Forward reflection coefficient rf,m(t), backward reflection coefficient rb,m(t), and regression coefficient Km,~a(t) register 90, 92 and 96 values in each stage thereafter are set according to the output of the previous stage. The forward reflection coefficient rf ~ (t) , backward reflection coefficient rb,~(t), and regression coefficient x~,~a (t) register 90, 92 and 96 values in the first stage are thus set according to algorithm using values in the zero-stage of the joint process estimator 60. In each stage, m?1, intermediate values and register values including the parameter ~m_~(t); the forward reflection coefficient rf~m(t) register 90 value; the backward reflection coefficient rb,m(t) register 92 value; the forward and backward error signals fm(t) and bm(t); the weighted sum of squared forward prediction errors .~fm(t), as manipulated in ~ 9.3 of the Haykin book; the weighted sum of squared backward prediction errors ~b,m(t), as manipulated in ~ 9.3 of the Haykin book; the conversion factor Ym(t); the parameter pm~~e(t): the regression coefficient xm,~e(t) register 96 value; and the estimation error em,i,~a(t) value are set according to:
~m_~ (t) - il~m_~ (t-1) + {bm_~ (t-1) f*m_~ (t)/Ym.~ (t-1) ) (48) I'f~m(t) - '{~m_~(t)~~m_~(t-1) ) (49) rblm(t) - -{~*m.~(t)~,~m.~(t) ) fm(t) - fm_~ (t) + r*f~m(t)bm.1 (t-1) (51) bm(t) - bm_~ (t-1) ~' r*b~m(t) fm_~ (t) (52) .Tm(t) - .~Tm.~ (t) - (~ ~m.~ (t)~ 2~(~m.~ (t-1) ) (53) ~m(t) - (~m.~ (t-1) - (~ ~m_~ (t)~ 2~.~m_~ (t) ) (54) Ym(t-1) - Ym_~ (t-1) ' {~ bm_~ (t'1)~ Z~~m_~ (t-1) ) (55) pm~,~a(t) - ~Pm,,~a(t'1) + {bm(t)e*m,~,(t)/Ym(t) ) (56) Km~~e(t) - (Pm~ae(t)/~m(t) ? (57) em~l,xa(t) - em, ,la (t) - K*m(t)bm(t) (58) where a (*) denotes a complex conjugate.
These equations cause the error signals fm(t), bm(t), em,~a(t) to be squared or to be multiplied by one another, in effect squaring the errors, and creating new intermediate error values, such as ~m_~(t). The error signals and the intermediate error values are recursively 2la~ss~
V~~!!, 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 tied together, as shown in the above equations (48) through (58). They interact to minimize the error signals in the next stage.
After a good approximation to the desired signal Y'~e(t) has been determined by the joint process estimator 60, a next set of samples, including a sample of the measured signal S~e(t) and a sample of the noise reference signal n'(t), are input to the joint process estimator 60.
The re-initialization process does not re-occur, such that the forward and backward reflection coefficient T'f,m(t) and rb,m(t) register 90, 92 values and the regression coefficient xm,~e(t) register 96 value reflect the multiplicative values required to estimate the desired portion Yze(t) of the sample of S~a(t) input previously.
Thus, information from previous samples is used to estimate the desired signal portion of a present set of samples in each stage.
FLOWCHART OF JOINT PROCESS ESTIMATOR
In a signal processor, such as a physiological monitor, incorporating a reference processor of the present invention to determine a noise reference signal n'(t) for input to an adaptive noise canceler, a joint process estimator 60 type adaptive noise canceler is generally implemented via a software program having an iterative loop. one iteration of the loop is analogous to a single stage of the joint process estimator as shown in Figure 7. Thus, if a loop is iterated m times, it is equivalent to an m stage joint process estimator 60.
A flow chart of a subroutine to estimate the desired signal portion Y~a(t) of a sample of a measured signal, Sza(t) is shown in Figure 8. The flow chart describes how the action of a reference processor for determining the noise reference signal and the joint process estimator 60 would be implemented in software.
A one-time only initialization is performed when the physiological monitor is turned on, as indicated by an "INITIALIZE NOISE CANCELER" box 120. The initialization sets all registers 90, 92, and 96 and delay element variables 110 to the values described above in equations (40) through (44).
Next, a set of simultaneous samples~of the measured signals Saa(t) and S~b(t) is input to the subroutine represented by the flowchart in Figure 8. Then a time update of each of the delay element program variables occurs, as indicated in a "TIME UPDATE OF [Z''] ELEMENTS"
box 130, wherein the value stored in each of the delay element variables 110 is set to the value at the input of the delay element variable 110. Thus, the zero-stage backward prediction error bolt) is stored in the first-stage delay element variable, the first-stage backward prediction error b~(t) is stored in the second-stage delay element variable, and so on.
Then, using the set of measured signal samples S~a(t) and S~b(t), the noise reference signal is calculated VSO 92/15955 2 ~ fl ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 according to the ratiometric or the constant saturation method described above. This is indicated by a "CALCULATE
NOISE REFERENCE (n'(t)) FOR TWO MEASURED SIGNAL SAMPLES"
box 140. The ratiometric method is generally preferred since no assumptions about constant saturation values need be made.
A zero-stage order update is performed next as indicated in a "ZERO-STAGE UPDATE" box 150. The zero-stage backward prediction error ba(t), and the zero-stage forward prediction error fo(t) are set equal to the value of the noise reference signal n'(t). Additionally, the weighted sum of the forward prediction errors Tm(t) and the weighted sum of backward prediction errors Qm(t) are set equal to the value defined in equation (46).
Next, a loop counter, m, is initialized as indicated in a "m=0" box 160. A maximum value of m, defining the total number of stages to be used by the subroutine corresponding to the flowchart in Figure 8, is also defined. Typically, the loop is constructed such that it stops iterating once a criterion for convergence upon a best approximation to the desired signal has been met by the joint process estimator 60. Additionally, a maximum number of loop iterations may be chosen at which the loop stops iteration. In a preferred embodiment of a physiological monitor of the present invention, a maximum number of iterations, m=60 to m=80, is advantageously chosen.
within the loop, the forward and backward reflection coefficient rf,m(t) and rb,m(t) register 90 and 92 values in the least-squares lattice filter are calculated first, as indicated by the "ORDER UPDATE MTH CELL OF LSL-LATTICE"
box 170 in Figure 8. This requires calculation of intermediate variable and signal values used in determining register 90, 92, and 96 values in the present stage, the next stage, and in the regression filter 80 The calculation of regression filter register 96 value xm,~a(t) is performed next, indicated by the "ORDER
UPDATE MTH STAGE OF REGRESSION FILTER(S)" box 180. The two order update boxes 170 and 180 are performed in sequence m times, until m has reached its predetermined maximum (in the preferred embodiment, m=60 to m=80) or a solution has been converged upon, as indicated by a YES
path from a "DONE" decision box 190. In a computer subroutine, convergence is determined by checking if the weighted sums of the forward and backward prediction errors 9m(t) and pm(t) are less than a small positive number. An output is calculated next, as indicated by a "CALCULATE OUTPUT" box 200. The output is a good approximation to the desired signal, as determined by the reference processor and joint process estimator 60 subroutine corresponding to the flow chart of Figure 8.
This is displayed (or used in a calculation in another subroutine), as indicated by a "TO DISPLAY" box 210.
A new set of samples of the two measured signals S~e(t) and S~b(t) is input to the processor and joint 1~ 92/15955 210 ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 process estimator 60 adaptive noise canceler subroutine corresponding to the flowchart of Figure 8 and the process reiterates for these samples. Note, however, that the initialization process does not re-occur. New sets of measured signal samples S~e(t) and S~b(t) are continuously input to the reference processor and joint process estimator 60 adaptive noise canceler subroutine. The output forms a chain of samples which is representative of a continuous wave. This waveform is a good approximation to the desired signal waveform Y'~e(t) at wavelength .la.
CALCULATION OF SATURATION FROM ADAPTIVE
NOISE CANCELER OUTPUT
Physiological monitors typically use the approximation of the desired signal Y'ae(t) to calculate another quantity, such as the saturation of one constituent in a volume containing that constituent plus one or more other constituents. Generally, such calculations require information about a desired signal at two wavelengths. In some measurements, this wavelength is 7~b, the wavelength used in the calculation of the noise reference signal n'(t). For example, the constant saturation method of determining the noise reference signal requires a good approximation of the desired signal portions Y~e(t) and Y~b(t) of both measured signals S~a(t) and S~b(t) . Then, the saturation is determined from the approximations to both signals, i.e. Y'~e(t) and Y'~b(t).
WO 92/15955 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 _ In other physiological measurements, information about a signal at a third wavelength is necessary. For example, to find the saturation using the ratiometric method, signals S~e(t) and S~b(t) are used to find the noise reference signal n'(t). But as discussed previously, .la and .1b were chosen to satisfy a proportionality relationship like that of equation (22). This proportionality relationship forces the two desired signal portions Yaa(t) and Y~b(t) to be linearly dependant.
Generally, linearly dependant mathematical equations cannot be solved for the unknowns. Analogously, some desirable information cannot be derived from two linearly dependent signals. Thus, to determine the saturation using the ratiometric method, a third signal is simultaneously measured at wavelength ~c. The wavelength Ac is chosen such that the desired portion Y~~ (t) of the measured signal S~~(t) is not linearly dependent with the desired portions Y~a(t) and Y~b(t) of the measured signals Spa ( t ) and Sib ( t ) . S ince al l measurements are taken substantially simultaneously, the noise reference signal n'(t) is correlated to the undesired signal portions n~a, nib, and n~~ of each of the measured signals Sze(t) , S~b(t) , and S~~ (t) and can be used to estimate approximations to the desired signal portions Y~a(t) , Y~b(t) , and Y~~ (t) for all three measured signals S~e(t) , S~b(t) , and S~~(t) . Using the ratiometric method, estimation of the desired signal portions Y~e (t) and Y~~ (t) of two measured signals Sae (t) and S~~(t), chosen correctly, is usually satisfactory to determine most physiological data.
A joint process estimator 60 having two regression filters 80a and Bob is shown in Figure 9. A first regression filter 80a accepts a measured signal S~a(t). A
second regression filter 80b accepts a measured signal S~b(t) or S~~(t), depending whether the constant saturation method or the ratiometric method is used to determine the noise reference signal n'(t). The first and second regression filters Boa and 80b are independent. The backward prediction error bm(t) is input to each regression filter 80a and 80b, the input for the second regression filter 80b bypassing the first regression filter 80a.
The second regression filter 80b comprises registers 98, and summing elements 108 arranged similarly to those in the first regression filter 80a. The second regression filter 80b operates via an additional intermediate variable in conjunction with those defined by equations (48) through (58), i.e.:
Pm,zb(t) - ~Pm,~b(t'1) + (ba(t)e*m,~b(t)/Ym(t) ? % or (59) Pm,x~(t) - ~Pm,~~(t'1) + (bm(t)e*~,,a~(t)/Ym(t) ? % arid (60) Po,zb(0) - 0% or (61) po,~~(0) - 0. (62) The second regression filter 80b has an error signal value defined similar to the first regression filter error signal values, em,~,ae (t) , i. e.
em.~,lb(t) - em,lb(t) - K*m,xb(t)b~(t) % or (63) e~~,~~(t) - em,~~(t) ' K*m,lb(t)b~(t) % and (64) WO 92/15955 ~ 1 U e~ ~) ~ ~ 62 PCT/US92/01895 _ eo,~b(t) - S~b(t) for t >_ o: or (65) eo,~~(t) - S~~(t) for t >_ 0. (66) The second regression filter has a regression coefficient lGm~~b(t) register 98 value defined similarly to the first regression filter error signal values, i.e.:
Km~~b(t) - (Pm~~b(t)~Q~(t) ) i Or (67) Km z~(t) - (Pm ~~(t)~Qm(t) ): ( These values are used in conjunction with those intermediate variable values, signal values, register and register values defined in equations (40) through (58).
These signals are calculated in an order defined by placing the additional signals immediately adjacent a similar signal for the wavelength la.
For the ratiometric method, S~~(t) is input to the second regression filter 80b. The output of the second regression filter 80b is then a good approximation to the desired signal Y'~~(t). For the constant saturation method, S~b(t) is input to the second regression filter 80b. The output is then a good approximation to the desired signal Y'~b(t) .
The addition of the second regression filter 80b does not substantially change the computer program subroutine represented by the flowchart of Figure 8. Instead of an order update of the mth stage of only one regression filter, an order update of the mth stage of both regression filters 80a and 80b is performed. This is characterized by the plural designation in the "ORDER UPDATE OF mth STAGE
OF REGRESSION FILTER(S)" box 180 in Figure 8. Since the ~~o~~s~
~~ 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 regression filters 80a and 80b operate independently, independent calculations can be performed in the reference processor and joint process estimator 60 adaptive noise canceler subroutine modeled by the flowchart of Figure 8.
CALCULATION OF SATURATION
Once good approximations to the desired signals, Y' ~a ( t ) and Y' a~ ( t ) f or the ratiometric method and Y' za ( t ) and Y'zb(t) for the constant saturation method, have been determined by the joint process estimator 60, the saturation of A5 in a volume containing AS and A6, for example, may be calculated according to various known methods. Mathematically, the approximations to the desired signals can be written: ' Y'~a(t) ~ ES,laC5x5,6(t) t E6~~eC6X5,6(t) i and (69) Y~lc(t) ~ E5,1cC5x5,6(t) + ~6~~cCbX5~6(t) . (70) for the ratiometric method using wavelengths la and ~,c.
For the constant saturation method, the approximations to the desired signals can be written in terms of .1a and ~1b as:
Y~ae(t) ~' ES,laC5X5,6(t) + E6~~eC6X5~6(t) ; and (71) Y~xb(t) ~ e5,1bG5x5,6(t) + E6~~bG6X5~6(t) . (72) This is equivalent to two equations having three unknowns, namely c5 (t) , c6(t) and x5,6(t) . In both the ratiometric and the constant saturation cases, the saturation can be determined by acquiring approximations to the desired signal portions at two different, yet proximate times t~
WO 92/15955 ~ ~ ~ 5 6 ~ ~ 64 PCT/US92/01895 and t2 over which the saturation of A5 in the volume containing AS and A6 does not change substantially. For example, for the desired signals estimated by the ratiometric method, at times t~ and tZ:
Y~la(t1) ~ ES,xaC5X5,6(t1) + Eb,laC6X5,6(t1) (73) Y~lc(t1) 'v ES,xcC5X5,6(t1) + 6,1cC6X5,6(t1) (74) Y ~ la (t2) ~ S,laC5X5,6 (t2) + E6,laCbx5,6 (t2) ( Y~lc(t2) ~ 5,1cC5x5,6(t2) + E6,~cC6x5,6(t2) (76) Then, difference signals may be determined which relate the signals of equation (73) through (76), i.e..
~Y~e = Y~la(t1)-Y~~a(t2) '" S,laCS~X + b~~aCb~X: arid(77) DY~c = Y~lc(tt) Y~ac(t2) 'v 5,1cC5~X + E6~~cc6~x; (78) where ~x = X56 (t~ ) - X56 (tz) . The average saturation at time t=(t~+tZ)/2 is:
Saturation (t) - cs(t)/[c5 (t) + cb(t) ) (79) _ 0 Y.L a E6,~la E6,~Lb( ) xb 0 Yaa _ _ _ E6,.la ES,~Ia (E6,xb ES,xb) ( ) 0 Yob (80) It will be understood that the ~x term drops out from the saturation calculation because of the division. Thus, knowledge of the thickness of the desired constituents is not required to calculate saturation.
PULSE OXIMETRY MEASUREMENTS
A specific example of a physiological monitor utilizing a processor of the present invention to '"~ 92/15955 210 5 G 8 2 PCT/US92/01895 determine a noise reference signal n'(t) for input to an adaptive noise canceler that removes erratic motion-induced undesired signal portions is a pulse oximeter. A
pulse oximeter typically causes energy to propagate through a medium where blood flows close to the surface for example, an ear lobe, ar a digit such as a finger, or a forehead. An attenuated signal is measured after propagation through or reflection from the medium. The pulse oximeter estimates the saturation of oxygenated blood available to the body for use.
Freshly oxygenated blood is pumped at high pressure from the heart into the arteries for use by the body. The volume of blood in the arteries varies with the heartbeat, giving rise to a variation in absorption of energy at the rate of the heartbeat, or the pulse.
Oxygen depleted, or deoxygenated, blood is returned to the heart by the veins along with unused oxygenated blood. The volume of blood in the veins varies with the rate of breathing, which is typically much slower than the heartbeat. Thus, when there is no motion induced variation in the thickness of the veins, venous blood causes a low frequency variation in absorption of energy.
When there is motion induced variation in the thickness of the veins, the low frequency variation in absorption is coupled with the erratic variation in absorption due to motion artifact.
In absorption measurements using the transmission of energy through a medium, two light emitting diodes (LED's) ~.~U~68~
are positioned on one side of a portion of the body where blood flows close to the surface, such as a finger, and a photodetector is positioned on the opposite side of the finger. Typically, in pulse oximetry measurements, one LED emits a visible wavelength, preferably red, and the other LED emits an infrared wavelength. However, one skilled in the art will realize that other wavelength combinations could be used.
The finger comprises skin, tissue, muscle, both arterial blood and venous blood, fat, etc., each of which absorbs light energy differently due to different absorption coefficients, different concentrations, and different thicknesses. When the patient is not moving, absorption is substantially constant except for the flow of blood. This constant attenuation can be determined and subtracted from the signal via traditional filtering techniques. When the patient moves, the absorption becomes erratic. Erratic motion induced noise typically cannot be predetermined and subtracted from the measured signal via traditional filtering techniques. Thus, determining the saturation of oxygenated arterial blood becomes more difficult.
A schematic of a physiological monitor for pulse oximetry is shown in Figure 10. Two LED's 300 and 302, one LED 300 emitting red wavelengths and another LED 302 emitting infrared wavelengths, are placed adjacent a finger 310. A photodetector 320, which produces an electrical signal corresponding to the attenuated visible 210 ~ 6 8 2 p~/US92/01895 '"~ 92/15955 and infrared light energy signals is located opposite the LED's 300 and 302. The photodetector 320 is connected to a single channel of common processing circuitry including an amplifier 330 which is in turn connected to a band pass filter 340. The band pass filter 340 passes signal into a synchronized demodulator 350 which has a plurality of output channels. One output channel is for signals corresponding to visible wavelengths and another output channel is for signals corresponding to infrared wavelengths.
The output channels of the synchronized demodulator for signals corresponding to both the visible and infrared wavelengths are each connected to separate paths, each path comprising further processing circuitry. Each path includes a DC offset removal element 360 and 362, such as a differential amplifier, a programmable gain amplifier 370 and 372 and a low pass filter 380 and 382. The output of each low pass filter 380 and 382 is amplified in a second programmable gain amplifier 390 and 392 and then input to a multiplexer 400.
The multiplexer 400 is connected to an analog-to-digital converter 410 which is in turn connected to a microprocessor 420. Control lines between the microprocessor 420 and the multiplexer 400, the microprocessor 420 and the analog-to-digital converter 410, and the microprocessor 420 and each programmable gain amplifier 370, 372, 390, and 392 are formed. The microprocessor 420 has additional control lines, one of ~.~ll~~~~2 which leads to a display 430 and the other of which leads to an LED driver 440 situated in a feedback loop with the two LED's 300 and 302.
The LED's 300 and 302 each emits energy which is absorbed by the finger 310 and received by the photodetector 320. The photodetector 320 produces an electrical signal which corresponds to the intensity of the light energy striking the photodetector 320 surface.
The amplifier 330 amplifies this electrical signal for ease of processing. The band pass filter 340 then removes unwanted high and low frequencies. The synchronized demodulator 350 separates the electrical signal into electrical signals corresponding to the red and infrared light energy components. A predetermined reference voltage, V~ef~ is subtracted by the DC offset removal element 360 and 362 from each of the separate signals to remove substantially constant absorption which corresponds to absorption when there is no motion induced undesired signal component. Then the first programmable gain amplifiers 370 and 372 amplify each signal for ease of manipulation. The low pass filters 380 and 382 integrate each signal to remove unwanted high frequency components and the second programmable gain amplifiers 390 and 392 amplify each signal for further ease of processing.
The multiplexes 400 acts as an analog switch between the electrical signals corresponding to the red and the infrared light energy, allowing first a signal corresponding to the red light to enter the analog-to-~.~ 92/15955 digital convertor 410 and then a signal corresponding to the infrared light to enter the analog-to-digital convertor 410. This eliminates the need for multiple analog-to-digital convertors 410. The analog-to-digital convertor 410 inputs the data into the microprocessor 420 for calculation of a noise reference signal via the processing technique of the present invention and removal of undesired signal portions via an adaptive noise canceler. The microprocessor 420 centrally controls the multiplexes 400, the analog-to-digital convertor 410, and the first and second programmable gain amplifiers 370 and 390 for both the red and the infrared channels.
Additionally, the microprocessor 420 controls the intensity of the LED's 302 and 304 through the LED driver 440 in a servo loop to keep the average intensity received at the photodetector 320 within an appropriate range.
Within the microprocessor 420 a noise reference signal n'(t) is calculated via either the constant saturation method or the ratiometric method, as described above, the ratiometric method being generally preferred. This signal is used in an adaptive noise canceler of the joint process estimator type 60, described above.
The multiplexes 400 time multiplexes, or sequentially switches between, the electrical signals corresponding to the red and the infrared light energy. This allows a single channel to be used to detect and begin processing the electrical signals. For example, the red LED 300 is energized first and the attenuated signal is measured at ~lU~ti~~
the photodetector 320. An electrical signal corresponding to the intensity of the attenuated red light energy is passed to the common processing circuitry. The infrared LED 302 is energized next and the attenuated signal is measured at the photodetector 320. An electrical signal corresponding to the intensity of the attenuated infrared light energy is passed to the common processing circuitry.
Then, the red LED 300 is energized again and the corresponding electrical signal is passed to the common processing circuitry. The sequential energization of LED's 300 and 302 occurs continuously while the pulse oximeter is operating.
The processing circuitry is divided into distinct paths after the synchronized demodulator 350 to ease time constraints generated by time multiplexing. In the preferred embodiment of the pulse oximeter shown in Figure 10, a sample rate, or LED energization rate, of 1000 Hz is advantageously employed. Thus, electrical signals reach the synchronized demodulator 350 at a rate of 1000 Hz.
Time multiplexing is not used in place of the separate paths due to settling time constraints of the low pass filters 380, 382, and 384.
In Figure 10, a third LED 304 is shown adjacent the finger, located near the LED's 300 and 302. The third LED
304 is used to measure a third signal S~~(t) to be used to determine saturation using the ratiometric method. The third LED 304 is time multiplexed with the red and infrared LED's 300 and 302. Thus, a third signal is input 111fn 92/15955 to the common processing circuitry in sequence with the signals from the red and infrared LED's 300 and 302.
After passing through and being processed by the operational amplifier 330, the band pass filter 340, and the synchronized demodulator 350, the third electrical signal corresponding to light energy at wavelength plc is input to a separate path including a DC offset removal element 364, a first programmable gain amplifier 374, a low pass filter 384, and a second programmable gain amplifier 394. The third signal is then input to the multiplexes 400.
The dashed line connection for the third LED 304 indicates that this third LED 304 is incorporated into the pulse oximeter when the ratiometric method is used: it is unnecessary for the constant saturation method. When the third LED 304 is used, the multiplexes 400 acts as an analog switch between all three LED 300, 302, and 304 signals. If the third LED 304 is utilized, feedback loops between the microprocessor 420 and the first and second programmable gain amplifier 374 and 394 in the .lc wavelength path are also formed.
For pulse oximetry measurements using the ratiometric method, the signals (logarithm converted) transmitted through the finger 310 at each wavelength ~la, alb, and .lc are:
~~o~~~~~z ~2 SZa ( t) =S~red1 ( t) = E~p2.xaCHb02X~ ( t) +E~.aaCXbXA ( t) + EHb02,~1aCHbo2XV ( t) + E~.aaCXbXv( t) + Il~a ( t) (81) Sib ( t) =Sxreaz ( t) = E~z, abcH~'noaX'~ ( t) +E~, xbci~'~ ( t) + Etmoa,xbCxbo2X y( t) + E~.a~cri~°( t) + nib ( t) .
(s2) 5~,~ ( t) =SaiR ( t) = E~a.accxAboaX'~ ( t) +E~.acc~A ( t) EtmOa. acCXb02X v ( t ) + E~. acCi~ y+ nac ( t ) .
(83) In equations (81) through (83), x"(t) is the lump-sum thickness of the arterial blood in the finger: xY(t) is the lump-sum thickness of venous blood in the f finger i E H~z, xa ~Hboz,~b~ EHb02,lc~ ~ilb,la~ ENb,lb~ and EHb,~~ are the absorption coefficients of the oxygenated and non-oxygenated hemoglobin, at each wavelength measured: and cH~2(t) and cNb(t) with the superscript designations A and v are the concentrations of the oxygenated and non-oxygenated arterial blood and venous blood, respectively.
For the ratiometric method, the wavelengths chosen are typically two in the visible red range, i.e., .1a and alb, and one in the infrared range, i.e., plc. As described above, the measurement wavelengths ~la and ~1b are advantageously chosen to satisfy a proportionality relationship which removes the desired signal portion 2~o~ss~
V~ 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 Y~a(t) and Y~b(t), yielding a noise reference signal n'(t).
In the preferred embodiment, the ratiometric method is used to determine the noise reference signal n'(t) by picking two wavelengths that cause the desired portions Y~a(t) and Y~b(t) of the measured signals S~a(t) and S~b(t) to become linearly dependent similarly to equation (22);
i.e. wavelengths ~1a and .1b which satisfy:
~ Nb02, ~~ E Hb, as E Hb02,1LY E Hb, 1b ( 8 4 ) Typical wavelength values chosen are 71a = 650nm and ~,b =
685nm. Additionally a typical wavelength value for .1c is plc = 940nm. By picking wavelengths Jla and ~1b to satisfy equation (84) the venous portion of the measured signal is also caused to become linearly dependent even though it is not a portion of the desired signal. Thus, the venous portion of the signal is removed with the desired portion.
The proportionality relationship between equations (81) and (82) which allows determination of a non-zero noise reference signal n'(t), similarly to equation (25) is:
~ r4 E Nb, la/ E Nb; 1b % where ( 8 5 ) n~a(t) ~ t~r4n~b(t) ' (86) In pulse oximetry, both equations (85) and (86) can typically be satisfied simultaneously.
Figure 11 is a graph of the absorption coefficients of oxygenated and deoxygenated hemoglobin (sH~2 and eHb) vs.
wavelength (.~). Figure 12 is a graph of the ratio of absorption coefficients vs. wavelength, i.e., ~Nb/EN~Z VS.
~l over the range of wavelength within circle 13 in Figure 11. Anywhere a horizontal line touches the curve of ~l~l~t~~~ ~4 Figure 12 twice, as does line 400, the condition of equation (84) is satisfied. Figure 13 shows an exploded view of the area of Figure 11 within the circle 13.
Values of EN~Z and eHb at the wavelengths where a horizontal line touches the curve of Figure 12 twice can then be determined from the data in Figure 13 to solve for the proportionality relationship of equation (85).
A special case of the ratiometric method is when the absorption coefficients eH~z and EHb are equal at a wavelength. Arrow 410 in Figure 11 indicates one such location, called an isobestic point. Figure 13 shows an exploded view of the isobestic point. To use isobestic points with the ratiometric method, two wavelengths at isobestic points are determined to satisfy equation (84).
Multiplying equation (82) by ~~' and then subtracting equation (82) from equation (81), a non-zero noise reference signal n'(t) is determined by:
n' (t) - S~a(t) - ~r4Slb(t) - nla(t) - fr4n~b' (8~) This noise reference signal n'(t) has spectral content corresponding to the erratic, motion-induced noise. When it is input to an adaptive noise canceler, with either the signals S~~(t) and S~~(t) or S~b(t) and Sz~(t) input to two regression filters 80a and 80b, the adaptive noise canceler will function much like an adaptive multiple notch filter and remove frequency components present in both the noise reference signal n'(t) and the measured signals from the measured signals S~e (t) and S~~ (t) or S~b(t) and S~~(t). Thus, the adaptive noise canceler is able to remove erratic noise caused in the venous portion of the measured signals S~e(t) , S~b(t) , and S~~(t) even though the venous portion of the measured signals Sza (t) and S~b(t) was not incorporated in the noise reference signal n'(t). However, the low frequency absorption caused by venous blood moving through the veins is generally not one of the frequencies incorporated into the noise reference signal n'(t). Thus, the adaptive noise canceler generally will not remove this portion of the undesired signal. However, a band pass filter applied to the approximations to the desired signals Y'ze(t) and Y' ~~ (t) or Y' ~b (t) and Y' ~~ ( t) can remove this portion of the undesired signal corresponding to the low frequency venous absorption.
For pulse oximetry measurements using the constant saturation method, the signals (logarithm converted) transmitted through the finger 310 at each wavelength ~,a and alb are Spa ( t) =S~red1 ( t) _ ~~p2..taCfmOaX~ ( t) +E~.xaCfibX~ ( t) + Ef~Oa.laCl~Oa~v( t) + Et~.laCtibX y( t) + Ilaa ( t) .
(88) Sib ( t) =SxzR ( t) = Era, xec~raoaX" ( t) +e~, abc~A ( t) Er~o2, abctmoax ° ( t ) + e~, xbcm~ y ( t ) + nab ( t ) .
(89) For the constant saturation method, the wavelengths chosen are typically one in the visible red range, i.e., ~la, and 21050~~
WO 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 _ one in the infrared range, i.e., fib. Typical wavelength values chosen are ~1a = 660nm and ~1b = 940nm. Using the constant saturation method, it is assumed that CH~2(t)/CHb(t) - constant. The saturation of oxygenated arterial blood changes slowly, if at all, with respect to the sample rate, making this a valid assumption. The proportionality factor between equation (88) and (89) can then be written as:
~s4 ( t ) . E Hb02, laCHb02x ( t ) + E Hb, laCHbx ( t ) E c x(t) + E c x t (90) Hb02,lb Hb02 Hb,~b Hb ( ) Y'~a(t)/Y'~b(t) . where (91) n~a(t) # t~~(t)nxb(t)' (92) In pulse oximetry, it is typically the case that both equations (91) and (92) can be satisfied simultaneously.
Multiplying equation (89) by 7~s4(t) and then subtracting equation (89) from equation (88), a non-zero noise reference signal n'(t) is determined by:
n~ (t) - S1a(t) - ~s4(t)Sab(t) ( - Efmoa.~acxboaX ''( t) +E~.aac~''( t) +na$ ( t) ~ s4 ~ Exbo2. abc~oaX V ( t ) +E~. ~,bcm~ ° ( t ) +nab ( t ) ~ .
(94) The constant saturation assumption does not cause the venous contribution to the absorption to be canceled along with the desired signal portions Y~e(t) and Yzb(t), as did the relationship of equation (84) used in the ratiometric method. Thus, frequencies associated with both the low frequency modulated absorption due to venous absorption when the patient is still and the erratically modulated ~fo~o~2 ~1~ 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 absorption due to venous absorption when the patient is moving are represented in the noise reference signal n'(t). Thus, the adaptive canceler can remove both erratically modulated absorption due to venous blood in the finger under motion and the constant low frequency cyclic absorption of venous blood.
Using either method, a noise reference signal n'(t) is determined by the processor of the present invention for use in an adaptive noise canceler which is defined by software in the microprocessor. The preferred adaptive noise canceler is the joint process estimator 60 described above.
Illustrating the operation of the ratiometric method of the present invention, Figures 14, 15 and 16 show signals measured for use in determining the saturation of oxygenated arterial blood using a reference processor of the present invention which employs the ratiometric method, i.e., the signals S~a(t) - S~~~~(t), S~b(t) -Sa~~ (t) , and S~~ (t) - SaIR (t) . A first segment 14a, 15a, and 16a of each of the signals is relatively undisturbed by motion artifact, i.e., the patient did not move substantially during the time period in which these segments were measured. These segments 14a, 15a, and 16a are thus generally representative of the desired plethysmographic waveform at each of the measured wavelengths. A second segment 14b, 15b, and 16b of each of the signals is affected by motion artifact, i.e., the patient did move during the time period in which these WO 92/15955 ~ U ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 _.
segments were measured. Each of these segments 14b, 15b, and 16b shows large motion induced excursions in the measured signal. A third segment 14c, 15c, and 16c of each of the signals is again relatively unaffected by motion artifact and is thus generally representative of the desired plethysmographic waveform at each of the measured wavelengths.
Figure 17 shows the noise reference signal n'(t) = n~a - ~r4nab(t)~ as determined by a reference processor of the present invention utilizing the ratiometric method. As discussed previously, the noise reference signal n'(t) is correlated to the undesired signal portions nza, nib, and n~~. Thus, a first segment 17a of the noise reference signal n'(t) is generally flat, corresponding to the fact that there is very little motion induced noise in the first segments 14a, 15a, and 16a of each signal. A second segment 17b of the noise reference signal n'(t) exhibits large excursions, corresponding to the large motion induced excursions in each of the measured signals. A
third segment 17c of the noise reference signal n'(t) is generally flat, again corresponding to the lack of motion artifact in the third segments 14a, 14b, and 14c of each measured signal.
Figures 18 and 19 show the approximations Y'~a(t) and Y' a~ (t) to the desired signals Y~e (t) and Y~~ (t) as estimated by the joint process estimator 60 using a noise reference signal n'(t) determined by the ratiometric method. Note that the scale of Figures 14 through 19 is not the same 92/15955 ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 for each figure to better illustrate changes in each signal. Figures 18 and 19 illustrate the effect of the joint process estimator adaptive noise canceler using the noise reference signal n'(t) as determined by the reference processor of the present invention using the ratiometric method. Segments 18b and 19b are not dominated by motion induced noise as were segments 14b, 15b, and 16b of the measured signals. Additionally, segments 18a, 19a, 18c, and 19c have not been substantially changed from the measured signal segments 14a, 15a, 16a, 14c, 15c, and 16c where there was no motion induced noise.
Illustrating the operation of the constant saturation method of the present invention, Figures 20 and 21 show signals measured for input to a reference processor of the present invention which employs the constant saturation method, i.e. , the signals S~a(t) - 5~~~(t) and Szb(t) -SzIR(t) . A first segment 20a and 21a of each of the signals is relatively undisturbed by motion artifact, i.e., the patient did not move substantially during the time period in which these segments were measured. These segments 20a and 21a are thus generally representative of the desired plethysmographic waveform at each of the measured wavelengths. A second segment 20b and 21b of each of the signals is affected by motion artifact, i.e., the patient did move during the time period in which these segments were measured. Each of these segments 20b and 21b shows large motion induced excursions in the measured signal.
WO 92/15955 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~0 PCT/US92/01895 A third segment 20c and 21c of each of the signals is again relatively unaffected by motion artifact and is thus generally representative of the desired plethysmographic waveform at each of the measured wavelengths.
Figure 22 shows the noise reference signal n'(t) -nze(t) - T~S'n~b(t) , as determined by a reference processor of the present invention utilizing the constant saturation method. Again, the noise reference signal n'(t) is correlated to the undesired signal portions nee and nib.
Thus, a first segment 22a of the noise reference signal n'(t) is generally flat, corresponding to the fact that there is very little motion induced noise in the first segments 20a and 21a of each signal. A second segment 22b of the noise reference signal n'(t) exhibits large excursions, corresponding to the large motion induced excursions in each of the measured signals. A third segment 22c of the noise reference signal n'(t) is generally flat, again corresponding to the lack of motion artifact in the third segments 20b and 21c of each measured signal.
Figures 23 and 24 show the approximations Y'~e(t) and Y'~b(t) to the desired signals Y~a(t) and Y~b(t) as estimated by the joint process estimator 60 using a noise reference signal n'(t) determined by the constant saturation method.
Note that the scale of Figures 20 through 24 is not the same for each figure to better illustrate changes in each signal. Figures 23 and 24 illustrate the effect of the joint process estimator adaptive noise canceler using the noise reference signal n'(t) as determined by a reference processor of the present invention utilizing the constant saturation method. Segments 23b and 24b are not dominated by motion induced noise as were segments 20b and 21b of the measured signals. Additionally, segments 23a, 24a, 23c, and 24c have not been substantially changed from the measured signal segments 20a, 21a, 20c, and 21c where there was no motion induced noise.
METHOD FOR ESTIMATING DESIRED PORTIONSOF
MEASURED SIGNALS IN A PULSE OXIMETER
A computer program subroutine, written in the C programming language, calculates a noise reference signal n'(t) using the ratiometric method and, using a joint process estimator 60, estimates the desired signal portions of two measured signals, each having an undesired portion which is correlated to the noise reference signal n'(t) and one of which was not used to calculate the noise reference signal n'(t). For example, Sza(t) - Szr~d~(t) - Siasorn~(t) and S~~(t) - S~tR(t) -S~94or,~ ( t ) can be input to the computer subroutine . One skilled in the art will realize that S~e(t) - Sar~z(t) -g~~s~(t) and Sa~(t) - S~ta(t) - S~~or~(t) will also work.
This subroutine is one way to implement the steps illustrated in the flowchart of Figure 8 for a monitor particularly adapted for pulse oximetry.
~1U568 The program estimates the desired signal portions of two light energy signals, one preferably corresponding to light in the visible red range and the other preferably corresponding to light in the infrared range such that a determination of the amount of oxygen available to the body, or the saturation of oxygen in the arterial blood, may be made. The calculation of the saturation is performed in a separate subroutine. Various methods for calculation of the oxygen saturation are known to those skilled in the art. One such calculation is described in the articles by G.A. Mook, et al, and Michael R. Neuman cited above. Once the concentration of oxygenated hemoglobin and deoxygenated hemoglobin are determined, the value of the saturation is determined similarly to equations (73) through (80) wherein measurements at times t~ and t2 are made at different, yet proximate times over which the saturation is relatively constant. For pulse oximetry, the average saturation at time t = (t~+t2)/2 is then determined by:
Saturation (t) - CH~2(t)/[CH~2(t) + cHb(t) ] . (95) 0 Y7~a EXb. Jla-El~. 1b ( ) O Yab _ _ 0 Yxa EFm.xa EXbo2.la (EXb~.tb-EI~OT..tb) ( ) D Yxb (96) Using the ratiometric method, three signals S~a(t), S~b(t), and Sa~(t) are input to the subroutine. S~e(t) and S~b(t) are used to calculate the noise reference signal n~(t). As described above, the wavelengths of light at 2~0568~
~U 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 which S~a(t) and S~b(t) are measured are chosen to satisfy the relationship of equation (84). Once the noise reference signal n'(t) is determined, the desired signal portions Yea (t) and Y~~ (t) of the measured signals Sza (t) and S~~(t) are estimated for use in calculation of the oxygen saturation.
The correspondence of the program variables to the variables defined in the discussion of the joint process estimator is as follows:
~m(t) - nc[].Delta rf,mtt - nc [ ] . fref rb = nc[].bref m(~) , nc[].ferr fm(t) -b (t) - nc[].berr .~(t) - nc[].Fswsqr ~m(t) = nC[].BSWSqr ym(t) - nc[].Gamma pm 1a ( t - nC [ ] . Roh_a ) p~~(t) = nc[].Roh c em,aa (t) - nc [ ] . err a em - nc [ ] . err c a~ ( t ) , - nc[].K a aa(t) xm , - nc[].K c Km,~~(t) A first portion of the program performs the initialization of the registers 90, 92, 96, and 98 and intermediate variable values as in the "INITIALIZE NOISE
CANCELER" box 120 and equations (40) through (44) and equations (61), (62), (65), and (66). A second portion of the program performs the time updates of the delay element variables 110 where the value at the input of each delay element variable 110 is stored in the delay element variable 110 as in the "TIME UPDATE OF [Z''] ELEMENTS" box 130.
A third portion of the program calculates the noise reference signal, as in the "CALCULATE NOISE REFERENCE
(n'(t)) FOR TWO MEASURED SIGNAL SAMPLES" box 140 using the proportionality constant t~~4 determined by the ratiometric method as in equation (85).
A fourth portion of the program performs the zero-stage update as in the "ZERO-STAGE UPDATE" box 150 where the zero-stage forward prediction error fo(t) and the zero-stage backward prediction error bolt) are set equal to the value of the noise reference signal n'(t) just calculated.
Additionally, zero-stage values of intermediate variables ,~o(t) and po(t) (nc[].Fswsqr and nc[].Bswsqr in the program) are calculated for use in setting register 90, 92, 96, and 98 values in the least-squares lattice predictor 70 and the regression filters 80a and 80b.
A fifth portion of the program is an iterative loop wherein the loop counter, m, is reset to zero with a maximum of m = NC_CELLS, as in the "m=0" box 160 in Figure 8. NC_CELLS is a predetermined maximum value of iterations for the loop. A typical value of NC_CELLS is between 60 and 80, for example. The conditions of the loop are set such that the loop iterates a minimum of five times and continues to iterate until a test for conversion is met or m - NC CELLS. The test for conversion is whether or not the sum of the weighted sum of forward prediction errors plus the weighted sum of backward prediction errors is less than a small number, typically 0.00001 (1..e, 3m(t)+Qm(t) <_ 0.00001).
A sixth portion of the program calculates the forward and backward reflection coefficient rm,f(t) and rm,b(t) n. ' ~ c~ L ;., .rr .1 ~.1;~
~~ 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 register 90 and 92 values (nc[].fref and nc[].bref in the program) as in the "ORDER UPDATE mth-STAGE OF LSL-PREDICTOR" box 170 and equations (49) and (50). Then forward and backward prediction errors fm(t) and bm(t) (nc[].ferr and nc[].berr in the program) are calculated as in equations (51) and (52). Additionally, intermediate variables.~~(t), Qm(t) and y~(t) (nc[].Fswsqr, nc[].Bswsqr, nc[].Gamma in the program) are calculated, as in equations (53), (54), and (55). The first cycle of the loop uses the values for nc[0].Fswsqr and nc[0].Bswsqr calculated in the ZERO-STAGE UPDATE portion of the program.
A seventh portion of the program, still within the loop, calculates the regression coefficient xm,~e(t) and xm,~~ (t) register 96 and 98 values (nc [ ] . K a and nc [ ] . K_c in the program) in both regression filters, as in the "ORDER
UPDATE mth STAGE OF REGRESSION FILTER(S)" box 180 and equations (57) through (68). Intermediate error signals and variables em,~a (t) , e~,~~ (t) , pm,~e (t) , and pm,z~ (t) (nc[].err a and nc[].err c, nc[].roh a, and nc[].roh-c in the subroutine) are also calculated as in equations (58), (64), (56), and (60), respectively.
The test for convergence of the joint process estimator is performed each time the loop iterates, analogously to the "DONE" box 190. If the sum of the weighted sums of the forward and backward prediction errors .~~(t)+Qm(t) is less than or equal to 0.00001, the loop terminates. Otherwise, the sixth and seventh portions of the program repeat.
(n'(t)) FOR
When either the convergence test is passed or m =
NC CELLS, an eighth portion of the program calculates the output of the joint process estimator 60 adaptive noise canceler as in the "CALCULATE OUTPUT" box 200. This output is a good approximation to both of the desired signals Y' ~a (t) and Y' ~~ (t) for the set of samples Sla (t) , S~b(t), and S~~(t) input to the program. After many sets of samples are processed by the joint process estimator, a compilation of the outputs provides output waves which are good approximations to the plethysmographic wave at each wavelength, Jla and plc.
Another computer program subroutine, written in the C programming language, calculates a noise reference signal n'(t) using the constant saturation method and, using a joint process estimator 60, estimates a good approximation to the desired signa_ portions of two measured signals, each having an undesired portion which is correlated to the noise reference signal n'(t) and each having been used to calculate the noise reference signal n'(t). This subroutine is another way to implement the steps illustrated in the flowchart of Figure 8 for a monitor particularly adapted for pulse oximetry. The two signals are measured at two different wavelengths ~a and alb, where ~1a is typically in the visible region and ~b is typically in the infrared region. For example, in one embodiment of the present invention, tailored specifica_ly to perform pulse oximetry 2i0568~
'~°'"192/15955 PCT/US92/01895 using the constant saturation method, J~a = 660nm and ~,b =
940nm.
The correspondence of the program variables to the variables defined in the discussion of the joint process estimator is as follows:
~m(t) - nc[].Delta rf,m(t) - nc[ ] . fref rb, (t) = nc[ ] .bref fm~t) - nc[].ferr b (t) - nc[].berr 9'm(t) - nc[].Fswsqr (3m(t) - nc[].Bswsqr y(t) - nc[].Gamma per, a8 ( t ) - nc [ ] . Roh_a pub ( t ) - nc [ ] . Roh b em, ~a ( t ) - nc [ ] . err a em, ~b ( t ) - nc [ ] . err b Km,ae(t) - nc[].K a Km~~b(t) - nC[ ] .K_b First and second portions of the subroutine are the same as the first and second portions of the above described subroutine tailored for the ratiometric method of determining the noise reference signal n'(t).
A third portion of the subroutine calculates the noise reference signal, as in the "CALCULATE NOISE
REFERENCE (n'(t)) FOR TWO MEASURED SIGNAL SAMPLES" box 140 for the signals S~a(t) and S~b(t) using the a proportionality constant ~~(t) determined by the constant saturation method as in equations (90) and (91). The saturation is calculated in a separate subroutine and a value of T~s4(t) is imported to the present subroutine for estimating the desired portions Yae(t) and Y~b(t) of the composite measured signals S~~(t) and S~b(t).
Fourth, fifth, and sixth portions of the subroutine are similar to the fourth, fifth, and sixth portions of the above described program tailored for the ratiometric method. However, the signals being used to estimate the desired signal portions Y~e(t) and Y~b(t) in the present subroutine tailored for the constant saturation method, are S~a(t) and S~b(t) , the same signals that were used to calculate the noise reference signal n'(t).
A seventh portion of the program, still within the loop begun in the fifth portion of the program, calculates the regression coefficient register 96 and 98 values x~,~e(t) and x~,zb(t) (nc[ ] .K a and nc[ ] .K b in the program) in both regression filters, as in the "ORDER UPDATE mt"
STAGE OF REGRESSION FILTER(S)" box 180 and equations (57) through (67). Intermediate error signals and variables em~ze(t) , e~~~b(t) , pm~~s(t) , and p~,~(t) (nc[ ] .err a and nc[].err b, nc[].roh a, and nc[].roh b in the subroutine) are also calculated as in equations (58), (63), (56), and (59), respectively.
The loop iterates until the test for convergence is passed, the test being the same as described above for the subroutine tailored for the ratiometric method. The output of the present subroutine is a good approximation to the desired signals Y'~a(t) and Y'~b(t) for the set of samples S~e(t) and S~b(t) input to the program. After approximations to the desired signal portions of many sets of measured signal samples are estimated by the joint process estimator, a compilation of the outputs provides waves which are good approximations to the plethysmographic wave at each wavelength, .~a and ~,b. The estimating process of the iterative loop is the same in either subroutine, only the sample values S~e(t) and S~~(t) or Sae(t) and Szb(t) input to the subroutine for use in estimation of the desired signal portions Y~e(t) and Yz~(t) or Y~a(t) and Yzb(t) and how the noise reference signal n'(t) is calculated are different for the ratiometric method and the constant saturation methods.
Independent of the method used, ratiometric or constant saturation, the approximations to the desired signal values Y' as (t) and Y' a~ (t) or Y' ~s (t) and Y' zb (t) are input to a separate subroutine in which the saturation of oxygen in the arterial blood is calculated. If the constant saturation method is used, the saturation calculation subroutine also determines a value for the proportionality constant ~~(t) as defined in equations (90) and (91) and discussed above. The concentration of oxygenated arterial blood can be found from the approximations to the desired signal values since the desired signals are made up of terms comprising x(t), the thickness of arterial blood in the finger: absorption coefficients of oxygenated and de-oxygenated hemoglobin, at each measured wavelength: and CH~(t) and CHb(t) , the concentrations of oxygenated and de-oxygenated hemoglobin, respectively. The saturation is a ratio of the concentration of one constituent, AS, with respect to the total concentration of constituents in the volume containing AS and A6. Thus, the thickness, x(t), is divided out of the saturation calculation and need not be WO 92/15955 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 _._ predetermined. Additionally, the absorption coefficients are constant at each wavelength. The saturation of oxygenated arterial blood is then determined as in equations (95) and (96).
While one embodiment of a physiological monitor incorporating a processor of the present invention for determining a noise reference signal for use in an adaptive noise canceler to remove erratic noise components from a physiological measurement has been described in the form of a pulse oximeter, it will be obvious to one skilled in the art that other types of physiological monitors may also employ the above described techniques for noise reduction on a composite measured signal in the presence of noise.
Furthermore, it will be understood that transformations of measured signals other than logarithmic conversion and determination of a proportionality factor which allows removal of the desired signal portions for determination of a noise reference signal are possible.
Additionally, although the proportionality factor 7~ has been described herein as a ratio of a portion of a first signal to a portion of a second signal, a similar proportionality constant determined as a ratio of a portion of a second signal to a portion of a first signal could equally well be utilized in the processor of the present invention. In the latter case, a noise reference s ignal would general 1y resemble n' ( t ) - nib ( t ) - 7~n~a ( t ) .
210 5 ~ 8 2 p~/US92/01895 ~~ 92/15955 It will also be obvious to one skilled in the art that for most physiological measurements, two wavelengths may be determined which will enable a signal to be measured which is indicative of a quantity of a component about which information is desired. Information about a constituent of any energy absorbing physiological material may be determined by a physiological monitor incorporating a signal processor of the present invention and an adaptive noise canceler by determining wavelengths which are absorbed primarily by the constituent of interest.
For most physiological measurements, this is a simple determination.
Moreover, one skilled in the art will realize that any portion of a patient or a material derived from a patient may be used to take measurements for a physiological monitor incorporating a prbcessor of the present invention and an adaptive noise canceler. Such areas include a digit such as a finger, but are not limited to a finger.
One skilled in the art will realize that many different types of physiological monitors may employ a signal processor of the present invention in conjunction with an adaptive noise canceler. Other types of physiological monitors include, but are in not limited to, electron cardiographs, blood pressure monitors, blood gas saturation (other than oxygen saturation) monitors, capnographs, heart rate monitors, respiration monitors, or depth of anesthesia monitors. Additionally, monitors which measure the pressure and quantity of a substance within the body such as a breathalizer, a drug monitor, a cholesterol monitor, a glucose monitor, a carbon dioxide monitor, a glucose monitor, or a carbon monoxide monitor may also employ the above described techniques for removal of undesired signal portions.
Furthermore, one skilled in the art will realize that the above described techniques of noise removal from a composite signal including noise components can also be performed on signals made up of reflected energy, rather than transmitted energy. One skilled in the art will also realize that a desired portion of a measured signal of any type of energy, including but not limited to sound energy, X-ray energy, gamma ray energy, or light energy can be estimated by the noise removal techniques described above.
Thus, one skilled in the art will realize that the processor of the present invention and an adaptive noise canceler can be applied in such monitors as those using ultrasound where a signal is transmitted through a portion of the body and reflected back from within the body back through this portion of the body. Additionally, monitors such as echo cardiographs may also utilize the techniques of the present invention since they too rely on transmission and reflection.
While the present invention has been described in terms of a physiological monitor, one skilled in the art will realize that the signal processing techniques of the present invention can be applied in many areas, including '~'~ 92/15955 but not limited to the processing of a physiological signal. The present invention may be applied in any situation where a .. anal processor comprising a detector receives a first signal which includes a first desired signal portion and a first undesired signal portion and a second signal which includes a second desired signal portion and a second undesired signal portion. The first and second signals propagate through a common medium and the first and second desired signal portions are correlated with one another. Additionally, at least a portion of the first and second undesired signal portions are correlated with one another due to a perturbation of the medium while the first and second signals are propagating through the medium. The processor receives the first and second signals and combines the first and second signals to generate a noise reference signal in which the primary component is derived from the first and second undesired signal portions. Thus, the signal processor of the present invention is readily applicable to numerous signal processing areas. What is claimed is:
TECHNICAL FIELD
The present invention relates to the field of signal processing. More specifically, the present invention relates to the processing of measured signals to remove undesired portions when little is known about the undesired signal portion.
WO 92/15955 ~ 1 O ~ ~ ~ ~ 2 PCT/US92/01895 BACKGROUND ART
Signal processors are typically employed to remove undesired portions from a composite measured signal including a desired signal portion and an undesired signal portion. If the undesired signal portion occupies a different frequency spectrum than the desired signal, then conventional filtering techniques such as low pass, band pass, and high pass filtering could be used to separate the desired portion from the total signal. Fixed single or multiple notch filters could also be employed if the undesired signal portions(s) exist at a fixed frequency(s).
However, it is often the case that an overlap in frequency spectrum between the desired and undesired signal portions does exist and the statistical properties of both signal portions change with time. In such cases, conventional filtering techniques are totally ineffective in extracting the desired signal. If, however, a description of the undesired portion can be made available, adaptive noise canceling can be employed to remove the undesired portion of the signal leaving the desired portion available for measurement. Adaptive noise cancelers dynamically change their transfer function to adapt to and remove the undesired signal portions of a composite signal. Adaptive noise cancelers require a noise reference signal which is correlated to the undesired signal portion. The noise reference signal is 21~~~68~
Wn 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 not necessarily a representation of the undesired signal portion, but has a frequency spectrum which is similar to that of the undesired signal. In many cases, it requires considerable ingenuity to determine a noise reference signal since nothing is a priori known about the undesired signal portion.
One area where composite measured signals comprise a desired signal portion and an undesired signal portion about which no information can easily be determined is physiological monitoring. Physiological monitoring apparatuses generally measure signals derived from a physiological system, such as the human body.
Measurements which are typically taken with physiological monitoring systems include electron cardiographs, blood pressure, blood gas saturation (such as oxygen saturation), capnographs, heart rate, respiration rate, and depth of anesthesia, for example. Other types of measurements include those which measure the pressure and quantity of a substance within the body such as breathalizer testing, drug testing, cholesterol testing, glucose testing, arterial carbon dioxide testing, protein testing, and carbon monoxide testing, for example. The source of the undesired signal portion in these measurements is often due to motion of the patient, both external and internal (muscle movement, for example), during the measurement process.
Knowledge of physiological systems, such as the amount of oxygen in a patient's blood, can be critical, ~~v~~~z WO 92!15955 PCl"/US92/01895 for example during surgery. Data can be determined by a lengthy invasive procedure of extracting and testing matter, such as blood, from a patient, or by more expedient, non-invasive measures. Many types of non-invasive measurements can be made by using the known properties of energy attenuation as a selected form of energy passes through a medium.
Energy is caused to be incident on a medium either derived from or contained within a patient and the amplitude of transmitted or reflected energy is then measured. The amount of attenuation of the incident energy caused by the medium is strongly dependent on the thickness and composition of the medium through which the energy must pass as well as the specific form of energy selected. Information about a physiological system can be derived from data taken from the attenuated signal of the incident energy transmitted through the medium if the noise can be removed. However, non-invasive measurements often do not afford the opportunity to selectively observe the interference causing the undesired signal portion, making it difficult to remove.
These undesired signal portions often originate from both AC and DC sources. The first undesired portion is an easily removed DC component caused by transmission of the energy through differing media which are of relatively constant thickness within the body, such as bone, tissue, skin, blood, etc. Second, is an erratic AC component caused when differing media being measured are perturbed 210~~52 ,a~.° 5 and thus, change in thickness while the measurement is being made. Since most materials in and derived from the body are easily compressed, the thickness of such matter changes if the patient moves during a non-invasive physiological measurement. Patient movement can cause the properties of energy attenuation to vary erratically.
Traditional signal filtering techniques are frequently totally ineffective and grossly deficient in removing these motion induced effects from a signal. The erratic or unpredictable nature of motion induced undesired signal components is the major obstacle in removing them. Thus, presently available physiological monitors generally become totally inoperative during time periods when the patient moves.
A blood gas monitor is one example of a physiological monitoring system which is based upon the measurement of energy attenuated by biological tissues or substances.
Blood gas monitors transmit light into the tissue and measure the attenuation of the light as a function of time. The output signal of a blood gas monitor which is sensitive to the arterial blood flow contains a component which is a waveform representative of the patient's arterial pulse. This type of signal, which contains a component related to the patient's pulse, is called a plethysmographic wave, and is shown in Figure 1 as curve Y. Plethysmographic waveforms are used in blood pressure or blood gas saturation measurements, for example. As the heart beats the amount of blood in the arteries increases WO 92/15955 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 6 PCT/US92/01895 and decreases, causing increases and decreases in energy attenuation, illustrated by the cyclic wave Y in Figure 1.
Typically, a digit such as a finger, an ear lobe, or other portion of the body where blood flows close to the skin, is employed as the medium through which light energy is transmitted for blood gas attenuation measurements.
The finger comprises skin, fat, bone, muscle, etc., shown schematically in Figure 2, each of which attenuates energy incident on the finger in a generally predictable and constant manner. However, when fleshy portions of the finger are compressed erratically, for example by motion of the finger, energy attenuation becomes erratic.
An example of a more realistic measured waveform S is shown in Figure 3, illustrating the effect of motion. The desired portion of the signal Y is the waveform representative of the pulse, corresponding to the sawtooth-like pattern wave in Figure 1. The large, motion-induced excursions in signal amplitude hide the desired signal Y. It is easy to see how even small variations in amplitude make it difficult to distinguish the desired signal Y in the presence of a noise component n.
A specific example of a blood gas monitoring apparatus is a pulse oximeter which measures the saturation of oxygen in the blood. The pumping of the heart forces freshly oxygenated blood into the arteries causing greater energy attenuation. The saturation of oxygenated blood may be determined from the depth of the PCf/US92/01895 V~,~ 92/15955 valleys relative to the peaks of two plethysmographic waveforms measured at separate wavelengths. However, motion induced undesired signal portions, or motion artifacts, must be removed from the measured signal for the oximeter to continue the measurement during periods when the patient moves.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is a signal processor which acquires a first signal and a second signal that is correlated to the first signal. The first signal comprises a first desired signal portion and a first undesired signal portion. The second signal comprises a second desired signal portion and a second undesired signal portion. The signals may be acquired by propagating energy through a medium and measuring an attenuated signal after transmission or reflection.
Alternatively, the signal may be acquired by measuring energy generated by the medium.
The first and second measured signals are processed to generate a noise reference signal which does not contain the desired signal portions from either of the first or second measured signals. The remaining undesired signal portions from the first and second measured signals are combined to form a noise reference signal. This noise reference signal is correlated to the undesired signal portion of each of the first and second measured signals.
The noise reference signal is then used to remove the undesired portion of each of the first and second measured signals via an adaptive noise canceler. An adaptive noise canceler can be described by analogy to a dynamic multiple notch filter which dynamically changes its transfer function in response to the noise reference signal and the 2~.05~~~
Vy~ 92/15955 9 PCT/US92/01895 measured signals to remove frequencies from the measured signals that are also present in the noise reference signal. Thus, a typical adaptive noise canceler receives the signal from which it is desired to remove noise and a noise reference signal. The output of the adaptive noise canceler is a good approximation to the desired signal with the noise removed.
Physiological monitors can often advantageously employ signal processors of the present invention. Often in physiological measurements a first signal comprising a first desired portion and a first undesired portion and a second signal comprising a second desired portion and a second undesired portion are acquired. The signals may be acquired by propagating energy through a patient's body (or a material which is derived from the body, such as breath, blood, or tissue, for example) and measuring an attenuated signal after transmission or reflection.
Alternatively, the signal may be acquired by measuring energy generated by a patient's body, such as in electrocardiography. The signals are processed via the signal processor of the present invention to acquire a noise reference signal which is input to an adaptive noise canceler.
One physiological monitoring apparatus which can advantageously incorporate the features of the present invention is a monitoring system which detenaines a signal which is representative of the arterial pulse, called a plethysmographic wave. This signal can be used in blood ~.~ 0682 WO 92/15955 1~ PCT/US92/01895 pressure calculations, blood gas saturation measurements, etc. A specific example of such a use is in pulse oximetry which determines the saturation of oxygen in the blood. In this configuration, the desired portion of the signal is the arterial blood contribution to attenuation of energy as it passes through a portion of the body where blood flows close to the skin. The pumping of the heart causes blood flow to increase and decrease in the arteries in a periodic fashion, causing periodic attenuation wherein the periodic waveform is the plethysmographic waveform representative of the pulse.
A physiological monitor particularly adapted to pulse oximetry oxygen saturation measurement comprises two light emitting diodes (LED's) which emit light at different wavelengths to produce first and second signals. A
detector registers the attenuation of the two different energy signals after each passes through an absorptive media, for example a digit such as a finger, or an earlobe. The attenuated signals generally comprise both desired and undesired signal portions. A static filtering system, such as a band pass filter, removes a portion of the undesired signal which is static, or constant, or outside of a known bandwidth of interest, leaving an erratic or random undesired signal portion, often caused by motion and often difficult to remove, along with the desired signal portion.
Next, a processor of the present invention removes the desired signal portions from the measured signals 21(~~~~~
W~ 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 yielding a noise reference signal which is a combination of the remaining undesired signal portions. The noise reference signal is correlated to both of the undesired signal portions. The noise reference signal and at least one of the measured signals are input to an adaptive noise canceler which removes the random or erratic portion of the undesired signal. This yields a good approximation to the desired plethysmographic signal as measured at one of the measured signal wavelengths. As is known in the art, quantitative measurements of the amount of oxygenated blood in the body can be determined from the plethysmographic signal in a variety of ways.
One aspect of the present invention is a signal processor comprising a detector for receiving a first signal which travels along a first propagation path and a second signal which travels along a second propagation path wherein a portion of the first and second propagation paths are located in a propagation medium. The first signal has a first desired signal portion and a first undesired signal portion and the second signal has a second desired signal portion and a second undesired signal portion. The first and second undesired signal portions are a result of a perturbation of the propagation medium. This aspect of the invention additionally comprises a reference processor having an input for receiving the first and second signals. The processor is adapted to combine the first and second signals to generate a reference signal having a primary component which is a function of the first and said second undesired signal portions.
The above described aspect of the present invention may further comprise an adaptive signal processor for receiving the reference signal and the first signal and for deriving therefrom an output signal having a primary component which is a function of the first desired signal portion of the first signal. Alternatively, the above described aspect of the present invention may further comprise an adaptive signal processor for receiving the reference signal and the second signal and for deriving therefrom an output signal having a primary component which is a function of the second desired signal portion of the second signal. The adaptive signal processor may comprise an adaptive noise canceler. The adaptive noise canceler may be comprise a joint process estimator having a least-squares-lattice predictor and a regression filter.
The detector in the aspect of the signal processor of the present invention described above may further comprise a sensor for sensing a physiological function. The sensor may comprise a light sensitive device. Additionally, the present invention may further comprising a pulse oximeter for measuring oxygen saturation in a living organism.
Another aspect of the present invention is a physiological monitoring apparatus comprising a detector for receiving a first physiological measurement signal which travels along a first propagation path and a second physiological measurement signal which travels along a VI!,~,~ 92/15955 ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 second propagation path. A portion of the first and second propagation paths is located in a propagation medium. The first signal has a first desired signal portion and a first undesired signal portion and the second signal has a second desired signal portion and a second undesired signal portion. The physiological monitoring apparatus further comprises a reference processor having an input for receiving the first and second signals. The processor is adapted to combine the first and second signals to generate a reference signal having a primary component which is a function of the first and the second undesired signal portions.
The physiological monitoring apparatus may further comprise an adaptive signal processor for receiving the reference signal and the first signal and for deriving therefrom an output signal having a primary component which is a function of the first desired signal portion of the first signal. Alternatively, the physiological monitoring apparatus may further comprise an adaptive signal processor for receiving the reference signal and the second signal and for deriving therefrom an output signal having a primary component which is a function of the second desired signal portion of the second signal.
The physiological monitoring apparatus may further comprise a pulse oximeter.
A further aspect of the present invention is an apparatus for measuring a blood constituent comprising an energy source for directing a plurality of predetermined WO 92/15955 ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 14 PCT/US92/01895 ..
wavelengths of electromagnetic energy upon a specimen and a detector for receiving the plurality of predetermined wavelengths of electromagnetic energy from the specimen.
The detector produces electrical signals corresponding to the predetermined wavelengths in response to the electromagnetic energy. At least two of the electrical signals each has a desired signal portion and an undesired signal portion. Additionally, the apparatus comprises a reference processor having an input for receiving the electrical signals. The processor is configured to combine said electrical signals to generate a reference signal having a primary component which is derived from the undesired signal portions.
This aspect of the present invention may further comprise an adaptive signal processor for receiving the reference signal and one of the two electrical signals and for deriving therefrom an output signal having a primary component which is a function of the desired signal portion of the electrical signal. This may be accomplished by use of an adaptive noise canceler in the adaptive signal processor which may employ a joint process estimator having a least-squares-lattice predictor and a regression filter.
Yet another aspect of the present invention is a blood gas monitor for non-invasively measuring a blood constituent in a body comprising a light source for directing at least two predetermined wavelengths of light upon a body and a detector for receiving the light from V,1~.192/15955 ~ ~ J ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 the body. The detector, in response to the light from the body, produces at least two electrical signals corresponding to the at least two predetermined wavelengths of light. The at least two electrical signals each has a desired signal portion and an undesired signal portion. The blood oximeter further comprises a reference processor having an input for receiving the at least two electrical signals. The processor is adapted to combine the at least two electrical signals to generate a reference signal with a primary component which is derived from the undesired signal portions. The blood oximeter may further comprise an adaptive signal processor for receiving the reference signal and the two electrical signals and for deriving therefrom at least two output signals which are substantially equal, respectively, to the desired signal portions of the electrical signals.
The present invention also includes a method of determining a noise reference signal from a first signal comprising a first desired signal portion and a first noise portion and a second signal comprising a second desired signal portion and a second noise portion. The method comprises the steps of selecting a signal coefficient which is proportional to a ratio of predetermined attributes of the first desired signal portion and predetermined attributes of the second desired signal portion. The first signal and the second signal coefficient are input into a signal multiplier wherein the first signal is multiplied by the signal coefficient WO 92/15955 ~ l U j ~ ~ ~ 16 PC1'/US92/01895 thereby generating a first intermediate signal. The second signal and the first intermediate signal are input into a signal subtractor wherein the first intermediate signal is subtracted from the second signal. This generates a noise reference signal having a primary component which is derived from the first and second noise signal portions. The first and second signals in this method may be derived from light energy transmitted through an absorbing medium.
The present invention further embodies a physiological monitoring apparatus comprising means for acquiring a first signal comprising a first desired signal portion and a first undesired signal portion and a second signal comprising a second desired signal portion and a second undesired signal portion. The physiological monitoring apparatus of the present invention also comprises means for determining from the first and second signals a noise reference signal. Additionally, the monitoring apparatus comprises an adaptive noise canceler having a noise reference input for receiving the noise reference signal and a signal input for receiving the first signal wherein the adaptive noise canceler, in real or near real time, generates an output signal which approximates the first desired signal portion. The adaptive noise canceler may further comprise a joint process estimator.
A further aspect of the present invention is an apparatus for processing an amplitude modulated signal ~~o~os2 V~ 92/15955 PGT/US92/01895 having a signal amplitude complicating feature, the apparatus comprising an energy source for directing electromagnetic energy upon a specimen. Additionally, the apparatus comprises a detector for acquiring a first amplitude modulated signal and a second amplitude modulated signal. Each of the first and second signals has a component containing information about the attenuation of electromagnetic energy by the specimen and a signal amplitude complicating feature. The apparatus includes a reference processor for receiving the first and second amplitude modulated signals and deriving therefrom a noise reference signal which is correlated with the signal amplitude complicating feature. Further, the apparatus incorporates an adaptive noise canceler having a signal input for receiving the first amplitude modulated signal, a noise reference input for receiving the noise reference signal, wherein the adaptive noise canceler produces an output signal having a primary component which is derived from the component containing information about the attenuation of electromagnetic energy by the specimen.
Still another aspect of the present invention is an apparatus for extracting a plethysmographic waveform from an amplitude modulated signal having a signal amplitude complicating feature, the apparatus comprising a light source for transmitting light into an organism and a detector for monitoring light from the organism. The detector produces a first light attenuation signal and a second light attenuation signal, wherein each of the first L
~lU~)bt WO 92/15955 PCT/LS92/01895 _"
and second light attenuation signals has a component which is representative of a plethysmographic waveform and a component which is representative of the signal amplitude complicating feature. The apparatus also includes a reference processor for receiving the first and second light attenuation signals and deriving therefrom a noise reference signal. The noise reference signal and the signal amplitude complicating feature each has a frequency spectrum. The frequency spectrum of the noise reference signal is correlated with the frequency spectrum of the signal amplitude complicating feature. Additionally incorporated into this embodiment of the present invention is an adaptive noise canceler having a signal input for receiving the first attenuation signal and a noise reference input for receiving the noise reference signal.
The adaptive noise canceler produces an output signal having a primary component which is derived from the component which is representative of a plethysmographic waveform.
The present invention also comprises a method of removing a motion artifact signal from a signal derived from a physiological measurement wherein a first signal having a physiological measurement component and a motion artifact component and a second signal having a physiological measurement component and a motion artifact component are acquired. From the first and second signals a motion artifact noise reference signal which is a primary function of the first and second signals motion 2~.0~~8~
w.~ 92/15955 PCf/US92/01895 artifact components is derived. This method of removing a motion artifact signal from a signal derived from a physiological measurement may also comprise the step of inputting the motion artifact noise reference signal into an adaptive noise canceler to produce an output signal which is a primary function of the first signal physiological measurement component.
WO 92/15955 2 ~ PCf/US92/01895 ~~.U~la~~
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
FIG. 1 illustrates an ideal plethysmographic waveform.
FIG. 2 schematically illustrates the cross-sectional structure of a typical finger.
FIG. 3 illustrates a plethysmographic waveform which includes a motion-induced undesired erratic signal portion.
FIG. 4 illustrates a schematic diagram of a physiological monitor incorporating a processor of the present invention and an adaptive noise canceler.
FIG. 4a illustrates the transfer function of a multiple notch filter.
FIG. 5 illustrates an example of an adaptive noise canceler which could be employed in a physiological monitor which also incorporates the processor of the present invention.
FIG. 6a illustrates a schematic absorbing material comprising N constituents within an absorbing material.
W~.92/15955 2 ,~ ~ ~ 6 ~j ~ 21 PCT/US92/01895 FIG. 6b illustrates another schematic absorbing material comprising N constituents within an absorbing material.
FIG. 7 is a schematic model of a joint process estimator comprising a least-squares lattice predictor and a regression filter.
FIG. 8 is a flowchart representing a subroutine capable of implementing a joint process estimator as modeled in FIG. 7.
FIG. 9 is a schematic model of a joint process estimator with a least-squares lattice predictor and two regression filters.
FIG. 10 is an example of a physiological monitor incorporating a processor of the present invention and an adaptive noise canceler within a microprocessor. This physiological monitor is specifically designed to measure a plethysmographic waveform and perform pulse oximetry measurements.
FIG. 11 is a graph of oxygenated and deoxygenated absorption coefficients vs. wavelength.
WO 92/15955 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 FIG. 12 is a graph of the ratio of the absorption coefficients of deoxygenated hemoglobin divided by oxygenated hemoglobin vs. wavelength.
FIG. 13 is an expanded view of a portion of FIG. 11 marked by a circle labelled 13.
FIG. 14 illustrates a signal measured at a first red wavelength xa=lredl=650nm for use in a processor of the present invention employing the ratiometric method for determining the noise reference signal n'(t) and for use in a joint process estimator. The measured signal comprises a desired portion Y~a(t) and an undesired portion Riga (t) .
FIG. 15 illustrates a signal measured at a second red wavelength ~b=~lred2=685nm for use in a processor of the present invention employing the ratiometric method for determining the noise reference signal n'(t). The measured signal comprises a desired portion Y~b(t) and an undesired portion nab(t).
FIG. 16 illustrates a signal measured at an infrared wavelength ~c=.1IR=940nm for use in a joint process estimator. The measured signal comprises a desired portion Y~~ (t) and an undesired portion n~~ (t) .
~210~68~
W.~ 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 FIG. 17 illustrates the noise reference signal n'(t) determined by a processor of the present invention using the ratiometric method.
FIG. 18 illustrates a good approximation Y'ze(t) to the desired portion Y~~(t) of the signal S~a(t) measured at ~la=~redl=650nm estimated with a noise reference signal n'(t) determined by the ratiometric method.
FIG. 19 illustrates a good approximation Y'~~(t) to the desired portion Y~~(t) of the signal S~~(t) measured at plc=.tIR=940nm estimated with a noise reference signal n'(t) determined by the ratiometric method.
FIG. 20 illustrates a signal measured at a red wavelength ~a=.bred=660nm for use in a processor of the present invention employing the constant saturation method for determining the noise reference signal n'(t) and for use in a joint process estimator. The measured signal comprises a desired portion Y~a(t) and an undesired portion ri~a(t) .
FIG. 21 illustrates a signal measured at an infrared wavelength alb=~lIR=940nm for use in a processor of the present invention employing the constant saturation method for determining the noise reference signal n'(t) and for use in a joint process estimator. The measured signal ~1U~6~~
WO 92/15955 PC'TlUS92/01895 comprises a desired portion Y~b(t) and an undesired portion n~b(t) .
FIG. 22 illustrates the noise reference signal n'(t) determined by a processor of the present invention using the constant saturation method.
FIG. 23 illustrates a good approximation Y'~e(t) to the desired portion Y~e(t) of the signal Sze(t) measured at .1a=.bred=660nm estimated with a noise reference signal n'(t) determined by the constant saturation method.
FIG. 24 illustrates a good approximation Y'ab(t) to the desired portion Y~b(t) of the signal Sab(t) measured at alb=~lIR=940nm estimated with a noise reference signal n' (t) determined by the constant saturation method.
2~~~6~~
W~, 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENT
The present invention is a processor which determines a noise reference signal n'(t) for use in an adaptive noise canceler. An adaptive noise canceler estimates a good approximation Y'(t) to a desired signal Y(t) from a composite signal S(t) - Y(t) + n(t) which, in addition to the desired portion Y(t) comprises an undesired portion n(t). The undesired portion n(t) may contain one or more of a constant portion, a predictable portion, an erratic portion, a random portion, etc. The approximation to the desired signal Y'(t) is derived by removing as many of the undesired portions n(t) from the composite signal S(t) as possible. The constant portion and predictable portion are easily removed with traditional filtering techniques, such as simple subtraction, low pass, band pass, and high pass filtering. The erratic portion is more difficult to remove due to its unpredictable nature. If something is known about the erratic signal, even statistically, it could be removed from the measured signal via traditional filtering techniques. However, it is often the case that no information is known about the erratic portion of the noise. In this case, traditional filtering techniques are usually insufficient. Often no information about the erratic portion of the measured signal is known. Thus, an adaptive noise canceler is utilized in the present invention to remove the erratic portion.
WO 92/15955 ~ ~~ c~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 Generally, an adaptive noise canceler has two signal inputs and one output. One of the inputs is the noise reference signal n'(t) which is correlated to the erratic undesired signal portions n(t) present in the composite signal S(t). The other input is for the composite signal S(t). Ideally, the output of the adaptive noise canceler Y'(t) corresponds to the desired signal portion Y(t) only.
Often, the most difficult task in the application of adaptive noise cancelers is determining the noise reference signal n'(t) which is correlated to the erratic undesired portion n(t) of the measured signal S(t) since, as discussed above, unpredictable signal portions are usually quite difficult to isolate from the measured signal S(t). In the signal processor of the present invention, a noise reference signal n'(t) is determined from two composite signals measured simultaneously, or nearly simultaneously, at two different wavelengths, .ta and lib. The signal processor of the present invention can be advantageously used in a monitoring device, such a monitor being well suited for physiological monitoring.
A block diagram of a generic monitor incorporating a signal processor, or reference processor, according to the present invention and an adaptive noise canceler is shown in Figure 4. Two measured signals, S~e(t) and S~b(t), are acquired by a detector 20. One skilled in the art will realize that for some physiological measurements, more than one detector may be advantageous. Each signal is conditioned by a signal conditioner 22a and 22b.
W",~ 92/15955 Conditioning includes, but is not limited to, such procedures as filtering the signals to remove constant portions and amplifying the signals for ease of manipulation. The signals are then converted to digital data by an analog-to-digital converter 24a and 24b. The first measured signal Sae(t) comprises a first desired signal portion, labelled herein Yaa(t), and a first undesired signal portion, labelled herein n~e(t). The second measured signal Sab(t) is at least partially correlated to the first measured signal S~e(t) and comprises a second desired signal portion, labelled herein Y~b(t), and a second undesired signal portion, labelled herein n~b(t). Typically the first and second undesired signal portions, naa(t) and n~b(t), are uncorrelated and/or erratic with respect to the desired signal portions Y~a(t) and Yzb ( t ) . The undesired s ignal portions nze ( t ) and nzb ( t ) are often caused by motion of a patient. The signals S~e (t) and S~b(t) are input to a reference processor 26.
The reference processor 26 multiplies the second measured signal S~b(t) by a factor 7~ and then subtracts the second measured signal S~b(t) from the first measured signal S~e (t) . The factor Z~ is determined to cause the desired signal portions Yze(t) and Y~b(t) to cancel when the two signals Sze(t) and S~b(t) are subtracted. Thus, the output of the reference processor 26 is a noise reference signal n' (t) - n~a(t) - ?~n~b(t) which is correlated to both of the erratic undesired signal portions n~e(t) and n~b(t) . The noise reference signal n'(t) is input, along with one of ~lU~b~2 28 the measured signals S~a(t), to an adaptive noise canceler 27 which uses the noise reference signal n'(t) to remove the undesired signal portion nze(t) or nzb(t) from the measured signal S~a(t). It will be understood that Szb(t) could have been input to the adaptive noise canceler 27 along with the noise reference signal n'(t) instead of S~a(t). The output of the adaptive noise canceler 27 is a good approximation Y'~a(t) to the desired signal Yza(t).
The approximation Y'aa(t) is displayed on the display 28.
An adaptive noise canceler 30, an example of which is shown in block diagram in Figure 5, is employed to remove the erratic, undesired signal portions n~e(t) and nzb(t) from the measured signals Sza(t) and S~b(t) . The adaptive noise canceler 30 in Figure 5 has as one input a sample of the noise reference signal n'(t) which is correlated to the undesired signal portions nza(t) and nzb(t). The noise reference signal n'(t) is determined from the two measured signals S~a(t) and S~b(t) by the processor 26 of the present invention as described herein. A second input to the adaptive noise canceler is a sample of either the first or second measured signal Sza (t) - Y~e (t) + nza (t) or Szb (t) -Y~b(t) + n~b(t) .
The adaptive noise canceler 30 functions to remove frequencies common to both the noise reference signal n'(t) and the measured signal S~e(t) or S~b(t). Since the noise reference signal n'(t) is correlated to the erratic undesired signal portions n~a(t) and nab(t), the noise reference signal n'(t) is also erratic. The adaptive W",~ 92/15955 ~ ~ $ 2 29 PCT/US92/01895 noise canceler acts in a manner which may be analogized to a dynamic multiple notch filter based on the spectral distribution of the noise reference signal n'(t).
Referring to Figure 4a, the transfer function of a multiple notch filter is shown. The notches, or dips in the amplitude of the transfer function, indicate frequencies which are attenuated or removed when a composite measured signal passes through the notch filter.
The output of the notch filter is the composite signal having frequencies at which a notch was present removed.
In the analogy to an adaptive noise canceler, the frequencies at which notches are present change continuously based upon the inputs to the adaptive noise canceler.
The adaptive noise canceler 30 shown in Figure 5 produces an output signal, labelled herein Y'~a(t) or Y'~b(t), which is fed back to an internal processor 32 within the adaptive noise canceler 30. The internal processor 32 automatically adjusts its own transfer function according to a predetermined algorithm such that the output of the internal processor 32, labelled b(t), closely resembles the undesired signal portion n~e(t) or nzb ( t ) . The output b ( t ) of the internal processor 3 2 is subtracted from the measured signal, S~e(t) or S~b(t), yielding a signal Y' ~e (t) ~ S~e (t) + n~a (t) - bza (t) or Y'~b(t) ~ S~b(t) + nzb(t) - bzb(t) . The internal processor optimizes Y' za (t) or Y' ~b(t) such that Y' ~e (t) or Y' zb(t) is approximately equal to the desired signal Yla(t) or Y~b(t), respectively.
One algorithm which may be used for the adjustment of the transfer function of the internal processor 32 is a least-squares algorithm, as described in Chapter 6 and Chapter 12 of the book Adaptive Sic,~nal Processing by Bernard Widrow and Samuel Stearns, published by Prentice Hall, copyright 1985.
Adaptive processors 30 have been successfully applied to a number of problems including antenna sidelobe canceling, pattern recognition, the elimination of periodic interference in general, and the elimination of echoes on long distance telephone transmission lines.
However, considerable ingenuity is often required to find a suitable noise reference signal n'(t) for a given application since the random or erratic portions n~a(t) or nlb(t) cannot easily be separated from the measured signal S~a(t) or Szb(t) . If the actual undesired signal portion n~a(t) or nlb(t) were a priori available, techniques such as adaptive noise canceling would not be necessary. The unique determination of a suitable noise reference signal n'(t) -from measurements taken by a monitor incorDOrating a reference processor of the present invention is one aspect of the present invention.
V~~ 92/15955 ~ 1 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 GENERALIZED DETERMINATION OF NOISE REFERENCE SIGNAL
An explanation which describes how the noise reference signal n'(t) may be determined as follows. A
first signal is measured at, for example, a wavelength .la, by a detector yielding a signal S~a(t):
S1a(t) - Yaa(t) + Il~a(t) ; (1) where Y~a(t) is the desired signal and n~a(t) is the noise component.
A similar measurement is taken simultaneously, or nearly simultaneously, at a different wavelength, ~,b, yielding:
S xb ( t ) - Yob ( t ) + nib. ( 2 ) Note that as long as the measurements, Sza(t) and S~b(t) , are taken substantially simultaneously, the undesired signal components, n~a(t) and n~b(t), will be correlated because any random or erratic functions will affect each measurement in nearly the same fashion.
To obtain the noise reference signal n'(t), the measured signals S~a(t) and S~b(t) are transformed to eliminate the desired signal components. One way of doing this is to find a proportionality constant, ~~, between the desired signals Y~a(t) and Y~b(t) such that:
Yxa(t) - ~tYlb(t) ' (3) This proportionality relationship can be satisfied in many measurements, including but not limited to absorption measurements and physiological measurements.
Additionally, in most measurements, the proportionality constant 7~~ can be determined such that:
n~a(t) * Z~~n~b(t) . (4) Multiplying equation (2) by 2~~ and then subtracting equation (2) from equation (1) results in a single equation wherein the desired signal terms Y~a(t) and Szb(t) cancel, leaving:
n' (t) - S~e(t) - ~~S~b(t) - "~a(t) - ~'~nxb(t) a non-zero signal which is correlated to each undesired signal portion nze(t) and nzb(t) and can be used as the noise reference signal n'(t) in an adaptive noise canceler.
ExAMpr.F ~F nETF~trmNATION OF NOISE REFERENCE SIGNAL
IN AN ABSORPTIVE SYSTEM
Adaptive noise canceling is particularly useful in a large number of measurements generally described as absorption measurements. An example of an absorption type monitor which can advantageously employ adaptive noise canceling based upon a noise reference signal n'(t) determined by a processor of the present invention is one which determines the concentration of an energy absorbing constituent within an absorbing material when the material is subject to perturbation. Such perturbations can be caused by forces about which information is desired, or alternatively, by random or erratic forces such as a mechanical force on the material. Random or erratic interference, such as motion, generates undesired noise 21 a ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 W~ 92/15955 components in the measured signal. These undesired components can be removed by the adaptive noise canceler if a suitable noise reference signal n'(t) is known.
A schematic N constituent absorbing material comprising a container 42 having N different absorbing constituents, labelled A~, A2, A3, ... AN, is shown schematically in Figure 6a. The constituents A~ through AN
in Figure 6a are arranged in a generally orderly, layered fashion within the container 42. An example of a particular type of absorptive system is one in which light energy passes through the container 42 and is absorbed according to the generalized Beer-Lambert Law of light absorption. For light of wavelength ~la, this attenuation may be approximated by:
N
1=IQe-~s.og~.a.~~X~
(6) Initially transforming the signal by taking the natural log of both sides and manipulating terms, the signal is transformed such that the signal components are combined by addition rather than multiplication, i.e.:
Spa=In ( Io~I) _ ~N.oei.xaC'fXi where Io is the incident light energy intensity; I is the transmitted light energy intensity; e~,~a is the absorption coefficient of the i~" constituent at the wavelength ~la;
x~(t) is the optical path length of it" layer, i.e., the thickness of material of the it" layer through which 2~_~5~~?
optical energy passes: and c~ (t) is the concentration of the ith constituent in the volume associated with the thickness x~(t). The absorption coefficients ei through eN
are known values which are constant at each wavelength.
Most concentrations c~(t) through cN(t) are typically unknown, as are most of the optical path lengths x~(t) of each layer. The total optical path length is the sum of each of the individual optical path lengths x~(t) of each layer.
When the material is not subject to any forces which cause perturbation in the thicknesses of the layers, the optical path length of each layer, x~(t), is generally constant. This results in generally constant attenuation of the optical energy and thus, a generally constant offset in the measured signal. Typically, this portion of the signal is of little interest since knowledge about a force which perturbs the material is usually desired. Any signal portion outside of a known bandwidth of interest, including the constant undesired signal portion resulting from the generally constant absorption of the constituents when not subject to perturbation, should be removed. This is easily accomplished by traditional band pass filtering techniques. However, when the material is subject to forces, each layer of constituents may be affected by the perturbation differently than each other layer. Some perturbations of the optical path lengths of each layer x~ (t) may result in excursions in the measured signal which represent desired information. Other perturbations of the ~1Q~6~~
W~..92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 optical path length of each layer x~(t) cause undesired excursions which mask desired information in the measured signal. Undesired signal components associated with undesired excursions must also be removed to obtain desired information from the measured signal.
The adaptive noise canceler removes from the composite signal, measured after being transmitted through or reflected from the absorbing material, the undesired signal components caused by forces which perturb the material differently from the forces which perturbed the material to cause the desired signal component. For the purposes of illustration, it will be assumed that the portion of the measured signal which is deemed the desired signal Y~e(t) is the attenuation term ESC5x5(t) associated with a constituent of interest, namely A5, and that the layer of constituent A5 is affected by perturbations differently than each of the layers of other constituents A~ through A~ and A6 through AN. An example of such a situation is when layer A5 is subject to forces about which information is desired and, additionally, the entire material is subject to forces which affect each of the layers. In this case, since the total force affecting the layer of constituents AS is different than the total forces affecting each of the other layers and information is desired about the forces and resultant perturbation of the layer of constituents AS, attenuation terms due to constituents A~ through A4 and A6 through AN make up the undesired signal n~e(t). Even if the additional forces ~1U51i~~
which affect the entire material cause the same perturbation in each layer, including the layer of A5, the total forces on the layer of constituent AS cause it to have different total perturbation than each of the other layers of constituents A~ through A~ and A6 through AN.
It is often the case that the total perturbation affecting the layers associated with the undesired signal components is caused by random or erratic forces. This causes the thickness of layers to change erratically and the optical path length of each layer, x~(t), to change erratically, thereby producing a random or erratic undesired signal component n~a(t). However, regardless of whether or not the undesired signal portion n~a(t) is erratic, the undesired signal component n~a(t) can be removed via an adaptive noise canceler having as one input a noise reference signal n'(t) determined by a processor of the present invention as long as the perturbation on layers other than the layer of constituent A5 is different than the perturbation on the layer of constituent A5. The adaptive noise canceler yields a good approximation to the desired signal Y'ze(t). From this approximation, the concentration of the constituent of interest, c5(t), can often be determined since in some physiological measurements, the thickness of the desired signal component, x5(t) in this example, is known or can be determined.
The adaptive noise canceler utilizes a sample of a noise reference signal n'(t) determined from two W~,92/15955 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 substantially simultaneously measured signals S~e(t) and S~b(t). Sze(t) is determined as above in equation (7).
S~b(t) is determined similarly at a different wavelength Jib. To find the noise reference signal n'(t), attenuated transmitted energy is measured at the two different wavelengths .la and alb and transformed via logarithmic conversion. The signals S~e(t) and S~b(t) can then be written (logarithm converted) as:
Saa ( t) = ES.aaCsXS ( t) + (F.ri.lEi.laCiXi ( t) +Ek.6Ek.~ackXk ( t) ) (8) ES.a:C5X5 ( t) + nae ( t) (9) $~b ( t) = E5, ibC5X5 ( ~) + ~~r' j.IEi, xbCiXi ( t) +~'rk.6Ek. xbCkXk ( t) ) (10) Es.xbcsxs ( t) '" nxb ( t) (11) A further transformation of the signals is the proportionality relationship defining T~2, similarly to equation (3), which allows determination of a noise reference signal n'(t), is:
8 = ~ZeS,lb~ where (12) n~a ~ 7~Zn~b. ( 13 ) It is often the case that both equations (12) and (13) can be simultaneously satisfied. Multiplying equation (11) by 2 and subtracting the result from equation (9) yields a non-zero noise reference signal which is a linear sum of ~1U~G~~
undesired signal components:
n~ (t) - Sae(t) - fZsxb(t) - nxa(t) - fznxb(t) - (14) F'i=lEi,xaCiXi ( t) +~k=6Ek,aaC7~k( t) ~i~lW2Ei.abCiXi ( t) '~'rk.6WZEk,xbCkXk( t) (15) =~ii~lCiXi ( t) ~Ei.la W2Ei..lb~ + F'k~6CkXk ( t) ~Ek,aa W2Ek,.lb~
(16) A sample of this noise reference signal n'(t), and a sample of either measured signal S~a(t) or Szb(t) , are input to an adaptive noise canceler, one model of which is shown in Figure 5 and a preferred model of which is discussed herein under the heading PREFERRED ADAPTIVE NOISE CANCELER
USING A JOINT PROCESS ESTIMATOR IMPLEMENTATION. The adaptive noise canceler removes the undesired portion of the measured signal n~a(t) or n~b(t), yielding a good approximation to the desired portion of signal Y'~a(t) ES~~aC5X5 (t) or Y' ~b(t) ~ ES~~bC5X5 (t) . The concentration c5 (t) may then be determined from the approximation to the desired signal Y'ze(t) or Y'~b(t) according to:
C5 (t) ~ Y~la(t)~~5,1ax5(t) "" Y~zb(t)~ES,IbxS(t) ' (17) As discussed previously, the absorption coefficients are constant at each wavelength .la and .1b and the thickness of the desired signal component, x5(t) in this example, is often known or can be determined as a function of time, thereby allowing calculation of the concentration c5(t) of constituent AS .
V~Q 92/15955 DETERMINATION OF CONCENTRATION OR SATURATION
IN A VOLUME CONTAINING MORE THAN ONE CONSTITUENT
Referring to Figure 6b, another material having N
different constituents arranged in layers is shown. In this material, two constituents A5 and A6 are found within one layer having thickness x5,6(t) - x5(t) + x6(t), located generally randomly within the layer. This is analogous to combining the layers of constituents AS and A6 in Figure 6a. A combination of layers, such as the combination of layers of constituents A5 and A6, is feasible when the two layers are under the same total forces which result in the same perturbation of the optical path lengths xs(t) and x6(t) of the layers.
Often it is desirable to find the concentration or the saturation, i.e., a percent concentration, of one constituent within a given thickness which contains more than one constituent and is subject to unique forces. A
determination of the concentration or the saturation of a constituent within a given volume may be made with any number of constituents in the volume subject to the same total forces and therefore under the same perturbation.
To determine the saturation of one constituent in a volume comprising many constituents, as many measured signals as there are constituents which absorb incident light energy are necessary. It will be understood that constituents which do not absorb light energy are not consequential in WO 92/15955 PCf/US92/01895 the determination of saturation. To determine the concentration, as many signals as there are constituents which absorb incident light energy are necessary as well as information about the sum of concentrations.
It is often the case that a thickness under unique motion contains only two constituents. For example, it may be desirable to know the concentration or saturation of A5 within a given volume which contains A5 and A6. In this case, the desired signals Y~e (t) and Yob (t) comprise terms related to both AS and A6 so that a determination of the concentration or saturation of A5 or A6 in the volume may be made. A determination of saturation is discussed herein. It will be understood that the concentration of A5 in volume containing both A5 and A6 could also be determined if it is known that A5+A6=1, i.e., that there are no constituents in the volume which do not absorb incident light energy at the particular measurement wavelengths chosen. The measured signals S~a(t) and S~b(t) can be written (logarithm converted) as:
Sxe(t) - ES,aaC5X5,6(t) + e6~~eC6X5~6(t) + n~a(t) (1$) - Y~e(t) + n~e(t) ; (19) Slb(t) E5,1bc5X5,6(t) + E6~~bC6X5~6(t) + n~b(t) (20) - Y~b(t) + nzb(t) . (21) Any signal portions outside of a known bandwidth of interest, including the constant undesired signal portion resulting from the generally constant absorption of the constituents when not under perturbation, should be removed to determine an approximation to the desired 2105fi82 W.Q 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 signal. This is easily accomplished by traditional band pass filtering techniques. As in the previous example, it is often the case that the total perturbation affecting the layers associated with the undesired signal components is caused by random or erratic forces, causing the thickness of each layer, or the optical path length of each layer, x~(t), to change erratically, producing a random or erratic undesired signal component n~e(t).
Regardless of whether or not the undesired signal portion nza(t) is erratic, the undesired signal component n~s(t) can be removed via an adaptive noise canceler having as one input a noise reference signal n'(t) determined by a processor of the present invention as long as the perturbation in layers other than the layer of constituents A5 and Ab is different than the perturbation in the layer of constituents AS and A6. The erratic undesired signal components n~a(t) and n~b(t) may advantageously be removed from equations (18) and (20), or alternatively equations (19) and (21), by an adaptive noise canceler. The adaptive noise canceler, again, requires a sample of a noise reference signal n'(t).
DETERMINATION OF NOISE REFERENCE STGNAL
FOR SATURATION MEASUREMENT
Two methods which may be used by a processor of the present invention to determine the noise reference signal n'(t) are a ratiometric method and a constant saturation method. The preferred embodiment of a physiological monitor incorporating a processor of the present invention utilizes the ratiometric method wherein the two wavelengths Jla and ~,b, at which the signals Spa (t) and Szb(t) are measured, are specifically chosen such that a relationship between the absorption coefficients E5 ~a. ES,xb E6~Za and Eb~Zb eXlStS, 1..e.
E5,1~E6,1a - E5,1lY E6,lb (22) The measured signals S~a(t) and S~b(t) can be factored and written as:
S~a(t) - eb,~a~ (~5,~a~E6,aa)c5X(t) + cbx(t) ] + nxa(t) (23) Szb(t) - E6,~b~ (~5,1b~E6,~lb)csX(t) + cbx(t) ] + n~b(t) . (24) The wavelengths J~a and 1b, chosen to satisfy equation (22), cause the terms within the square brackets to be equal, thereby causing the desired signal portions Y'za(t) and Y'ab(t) to be linearly dependent. Then, a proportionality constant 7~~3 which causes the desired signal portions Y'za(t) and Y'~b(t) to be equal and allows determination of a non-zero noise reference signal n'(t) is:
E6,la - ~~3E6,1b~ where (25) n~a ~ ~~3nxb ~ ( 2 6 ) It is often the case that both equations (25) and (26) can be simultaneously satisfied. Additionally, since absorption coefficients of each constituent are constant with respect to wavelength, the proportionality constant 3 can be easily determined. Furthermore, absorption coefficients of other constituents A~ through A4 and A~
W,~ 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 through AH are generally unequal to the absorption coefficients of A5 and A6. Thus, the undesired noise components n~a and nib are generally not made linearly dependent by the relationships of equations (22) and (25).
Multiplying equation (24) by ~~3 and subtracting the resulting equation from equation (23), a non-zero noise reference signal is determined by:
n~ (t) - S~a(t) - ~r3slb(t) - nla(t) - ~'r3nxb(t) .
(2~) An alternative method for determining the noise reference signal from the measured signals S~e(t) and S~b(t) using a processor of the present invention is the constant saturation approach. In this approach, it is assumed that the saturation of A5 in the volume containing AS and A6 remains relatively constant, i.e.:
saturation (A5 (t) ) - c5(t)/[c5 (t) + c6 (t) ] (2$) - (1 + [cb(t)/c5(t) ] } ' (29) is substantially constant over many samples of the measured signals Spa and Sib. This assumption is accurate over many samples since saturation generally changes relatively slowly in physiological systems.
The constant saturation assumption is equivalent to assuming that:
c5(t)/cb(t) - constant (3o) since the only other term in equation (29) is a constant, namely the numeral 1.
Using this assumption, the proportionality constant ~s3(t) which allows determination of the noise reference 21a56~32 WO 92/15955 ' PCT/US92/01895 signal n'(t) is:
WS3 ( t) _ ~S,~laC5X5.6 ( t) + E6.~aC6X5.6 ( C) ES,.LbC5X5,6 ( ~) + E6,~lbC6X5,6 ( t) (31) - Y,la(t)/Y1b(t) (32) _ E5,.1aC5 + E6,xaC6 ES,.lbCS + E6,.tbC6 (33) c5(t) - ES,xa ( C6 ( ~) ) + ~6.aa CS(t) E5. ab ( C6 ( ~ ) ) + ~6 . ab (34) Y'~e(t)/Y'~b(t) - constant; where (35) n~a(t) ~ 7~53(t)nzb(t) . (36) It is often the case that both equations (35) and (36) can be simultaneously satisfied to determine the proportionality constant ~S3(t). Additionally, the absorption coefficients at each wavelength e5,za, e6,~a, ~
and e6,~b are constant and the central assumption of the constant saturation method is that cs(t)/c6(t) is constant over many sample periods. Thus, a new proportionality constant ?~S3 (t) may be determined every few samples from new approximations to the desired signal as output from the adaptive noise canceler. Thus, the approximations to the desired signals Y'~a(t) and Y'ab(t), found by the adaptive noise canceler for a substantially immediately preceding set of samples of the measured signals Saa(t) and W~ 92/15955 S~b(t) are used in a processor of the present invention for calculating the proportionality constant, ~S3(t), for the next set of samples of the measured signals S~a(t) and szb(t) .
Multiplying equation (20) by Z~S3(t) and subtracting the resulting equation from equation (18) yields a non-zero noise reference signal:
n' (t) - Sxa(t) - fS3(t)Sxb(t) ' n~a(t) - ~'S3(t)n~b(t) .(37) It will be understood that equation (21) could be multiplied by T~S3(t) and the resulting equation could be subtracted from equation (19) to yield the same noise reference signal n'(t) as given in equation (37).
When using the constant saturation method, it is necessary for the patient to remain motionless for a short period of time such that an accurate initial saturation value can be determined by known methods other than adaptive noise canceling on which all other calculations will be based. With no erratic, motion-induced undesired signal portions, a physiological monitor can very quickly produce an initial value of the saturation of A5 in the volume containing A5 and Ab. An example of a saturation calculation is given in the article "SPECTROPHOTOMETRIC
DETERMINATION OF OXYGEN SATURATION OF BLOOD INDEPENDENT OF
THE PRESENT OF INDOCYANINE GREEN" by G.A. Mook, et al., wherein determination of oxygen saturation in arterial blood is discussed. Another article discussing the calculation of oxygen saturation is "PULSE OXIMETRY:
PHYSICAL PRINCIPLES, TECHNICAL REALIZATION AND PRESENT
LIMITATIONS" by Michael R. Neuman. Then, with values for Y'~a(t) and Y'zb(t) determined, an adaptive noise canceler may be utilized with a noise reference signal n'(t) determined by the constant saturation method.
PREFERRED ADAPTIVE NOISE CANCELER USING A
JOINT PROCESS ESTIMATOR IMPLEMENTATION
Once the noise reference signal n'(t) is determined by the processor of the present invention using either the above described ratiometric or constant saturation methods, the adaptive noise canceler can be implemented in either hardware or software.
The least mean squares (LMS) implementation of the internal processor 32 described above in conjunction with the adaptive noise canceler of Figure 5 is relatively easy to implement, but lacks the speed of adaptation desirable for most physiological monitoring applications of the present invention. Thus, a faster approach for adaptive noise canceling, called a least-squares lattice joint process estimator model, is preferably used. A joint process estimator 60 is shown diagrammatically in Figure 7 and is described in detail in Chapter 9 of Adagtive Filter Theory by Simon Haykin, published by Prentice-Hall, copyright 1986. The function of the joint process estimator is to remove the undesired signal portions n~,a(t) or n~,,r,(t) from the measured signals V1I~. 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 S~a(t) or S~b(t) , yielding a signal Y'~e(t) or Y'~b(t) which is a good approximation to the desired signal Yze(t) or Y~b(t) . Thus, the joint process estimator estimates the value of the desired signal Y~e(t) or Y~b(t). The inputs to the joint process estimator 60 are the noise reference signal n'(t) and the composite measured signal S~e(t) or S~b(t). The output is a good approximation to the signal S~e(t) or S~b(t) with the noise removed, i.e. a good approximation to Y~e(t) or Y~b(t) .
The joint process estimator 60 utilizes, in conjunction, a least square lattice predictor 70 and a regression filter 80. The noise reference signal n'(t) is input to the least square lattice predictor 70 while the measured signal S~e(t) or S~b(t) is input to the regression filter 80. For simplicity in the following description, S~e(t) will be the measured signal from which the desired portion Y~e(t) will be estimated by the joint process estimator 60. However, it will be noted that S~b(t) could equally well be input to the regression filter 80 and the desired portion Y~b(t) of this signal could equally well be estimated.
The joint process estimator 60 removes all frequencies that are present in both the noise reference signal n'(t) and the measured signal S~e(t). The undesired signal portion n~e(t) usually comprises frequencies unrelated to those of the desired signal portion Yze (t) .
It is highly improbable that the undesired signal portion n~e(t) would be of exactly the same spectral content as the i U U PCT/US92/01895 W092/15955 ~~~~~~Z 48 desired signal portion Yze(t) . However, in the unlikely event that the spectral content of S~a(t) and n'(t) are similar, this approach will not yield accurate results.
Functionally, the joint process estimator 60 compares input signal n'(t), which is correlated to the undesired signal portion n~e(t), and input signal S~e(t) and removes all frequencies which are identical. Thus, the joint process estimator 60 acts as a dynamic multiple notch filter to remove those frequencies in the undesired signal component n~a(t) as they change erratically with the motion of the patient. This yields a signal having substantially the same spectral content as the desired signal Y~e(t).
The output of the joint process estimator 60 has substantially the same spectral content and amplitude as the desired signal Y~e(t). Thus, the output Y'za(t) of the joint process estimator 60 is a very good approximation to the desired signal Y~a(t).
The joint process estimator 60 can be divided into stages, beginning with a zero-stage and terminating in an mth-stage, as shown in Figure 7. Each stage, except for the zero-stage, is identical to every other stage. The zero-stage is an input stage for the joint process estimator 60. The first stage through the mth-stage work on the signal produced in the immediately previous stage, i.e., the (m-1)th-stage, such that a good approximation to the desired signal Y'~e(t) is produced as output from the mth-stage .
W;~! 92/15955 The least-squares lattice predictor 70 comprises registers 90 and 92, summing elements 100 and 102, and delay elements 110. The registers 90 and 92 contain multiplicative values of a forward reflection coefficient rf,m(t) and a backward reflection coefficient rb,m(t) which multiply the noise reference signal n'(t) and signals derived from the noise reference signal n'(t). Each stage of the least-squares lattice predictor outputs a forward prediction error fm(t) and a backward prediction error bm(t). The subscript m is indicative of the stage.
For each set of samples, i.e. one sample of the noise reference signal n'(t) derived substantially simultaneously with one sample of the measured signal S~s(t), the sample of the noise reference signal n'(t) is input to the least-squares lattice predictor 70. The zero-stage forward prediction error fo(t) and the zero-stage backward prediction error bolt) are set equal to the noise reference signal n'(t). The backward prediction error bolt) is delayed by one sample period by the delay element 110 in the first stage of the least-squares lattice predictor 70. Thus, the immediately previous value of the noise reference signal n'(t) is used in calculations involving the first-stage delay element 110.
The zero-stage forward prediction error is added to the negative of the delayed zero-stage backward prediction error bolt-1) multiplied by the forward reflection coefficient value rf,~(t) register 90 value, to produce a first-stage forward prediction error f~(t). Additionally, ~.IUjf~82 the zero-stage forward prediction error fo(t) is multiplied by the backward reflection coefficient value rb ~ct~ register , 92 value and added to the delayed zero-stage backward prediction error bolt-1) to produce a first-stage backward prediction error b~(t). In each subsequent stage, m, of the least square lattice predictor 70, the previous forward and backward prediction error values, fm_~(t) and bm_~ (t-1) , the backward prediction error being delayed by one sample period, are used to produce values of the forward and backward prediction errors for the present stage, fm(t) and bm(t).
The backward prediction error bm(t) is fed to the concurrent stage, m, of the regression filter 80. There it is input to a register 96, which contains a multiplicative regression coefficient value xm~a(t). For example, in the zero-stage of the regression filter 80, the zero-stage backward prediction error bolt) is multiplied by the zero-stage regression coefficient xo,~e (t) register 96 value and subtracted from the measured value of the signal S~a(t) at a summing element 106 to produce a first stage estimation error signal e~,~a(t) . The first-stage estimation error signal e~,~e(t) is a first approximation to the desired signal. This first-stage estimation error signal ei,~e(t) is input to the first-stage of the regression filter 80. The first-stage backward prediction error b~(t), multiplied by the first-stage regression coefficient x»a(t) register 96 value is subtracted from the first-stage estimation error signal V92/15955 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 e~,~a(t) to produce the second-stage estimation error e2,~e(t) . The second-stage estimation error signal e2,ze(t) is a second, somewhat better approximation to the desired signal Y~e (t) .
The same processes are repeated in the least-squares lattice predictor 70 and the regression filter 80 for each stage until a good approximation to the desired signal Y ~ za (t) - em,~a (t) is determined. Each of the signals discussed above, including the forward prediction error fm(t), the backward prediction error bm(t), the estimation error signal em ~e(t) , is necessary to calculate the forward reflection coefficient rf,~(t), the backward reflection coefficient rb,m(t), and the regression coefficient xm,ze(t) register 90, 92, and 96 values in each stage, m. In addition to the forward prediction error fm(t), the backward prediction error bm(t), and the estimation error em,~a(t) signals, a number of intermediate variables, not shown in Figure 7 but based on the values labelled in Figure 7, are required to calculate the forward reflection coefficient rf,m(t), the backward reflection coefficient rb,m(t), and the regression coefficient xm,~e(t) register 90,92, and 96 values.
Intermediate variables include a weighted sum of the forward prediction error squares ~~(t), a weighted sum of the backward prediction error squares Rm(t), a scaler parameter ~m(t), a conversion factor ym(t), and another scaler parameter pm ~a (t) . The weighted sum of the forward prediction errors .lm ( t) is defined as t m(t) - E ~t ' ~ ~ (i) (2% (38) i=1 where .1 without a wavelength identifier, a or b, is a constant multiplicative value unrelated to wavelength and is typically less than or equal to one, i.e., ~ _< 1. The weighted sum of the backward prediction errors ~3m(t) is defined as:
t Qm(t) - E ~1t-' ~~ (i) ~Z (39) i=1 where, again, 7l without a wavelength identifier, a or b, is a constant multiplicative value unrelated to wavelength and is typically less than or equal to one, i.e., 7~ <_ 1.
These weighted sum intermediate error signals can be manipulated such that they are more easily solved for, as described in Chapter 9, ~ 9.3. and defined hereinafter in equations (53) and (54).
DESCRIPTION OF THE JOINT PROCESS.ESTIMATOR
The operation of the joint process estimator 6o is as follows. When the joint process estimator 60 is turned on, the initial values of intermediate variable and signal including the parameter ~m_~(t), the weighted sum of the forward prediction error signals .~~_~(t), the weighted sum of the backward prediction error signals am_~(t), the parameter pmaa(t), and the zero-stage estimation error a (t) are initialized, some to zero and some to a small o,~e positive number a:
a ~ ~ ~ ~ PCI'/US92/01895 W,~. 92/ 15955 ~m_1 (0) - 0: (40) .~m_~ (0) - d: (41) ~m.1 (0) _ d: (42) Pm,la(0) - 0; (43) eo,~a(t) - S~a(t) for t >_ 0. (44) After initialization, a simultaneous sample of the measured signal S~a(t) and the noise reference signal n'(t) are input to the joint process estimator 60, as shown in Figure 7. The forward and backward prediction error signals fo(t) and bo(t), and intermediate variables including the weighted sums of the forward and backward error signals ,~o(t) and Qo(t) , and the conversion factor yo(t) are calculated for the zero-stage according to:
fo(t) - bolt) - n' (t) (45) ~o(t) - (3o (t) - ~l.~o(t-1) + I n' (t)1 2 (46) yo (t-1) - 1 ' (47) where, again, J~ without a wavelength identifier, a or b, is a constant multiplicative value unrelated to wavelengt: .
Forward reflection coefficient rf,m(t), backward reflection coefficient rb,m(t), and regression coefficient Km,~a(t) register 90, 92 and 96 values in each stage thereafter are set according to the output of the previous stage. The forward reflection coefficient rf ~ (t) , backward reflection coefficient rb,~(t), and regression coefficient x~,~a (t) register 90, 92 and 96 values in the first stage are thus set according to algorithm using values in the zero-stage of the joint process estimator 60. In each stage, m?1, intermediate values and register values including the parameter ~m_~(t); the forward reflection coefficient rf~m(t) register 90 value; the backward reflection coefficient rb,m(t) register 92 value; the forward and backward error signals fm(t) and bm(t); the weighted sum of squared forward prediction errors .~fm(t), as manipulated in ~ 9.3 of the Haykin book; the weighted sum of squared backward prediction errors ~b,m(t), as manipulated in ~ 9.3 of the Haykin book; the conversion factor Ym(t); the parameter pm~~e(t): the regression coefficient xm,~e(t) register 96 value; and the estimation error em,i,~a(t) value are set according to:
~m_~ (t) - il~m_~ (t-1) + {bm_~ (t-1) f*m_~ (t)/Ym.~ (t-1) ) (48) I'f~m(t) - '{~m_~(t)~~m_~(t-1) ) (49) rblm(t) - -{~*m.~(t)~,~m.~(t) ) fm(t) - fm_~ (t) + r*f~m(t)bm.1 (t-1) (51) bm(t) - bm_~ (t-1) ~' r*b~m(t) fm_~ (t) (52) .Tm(t) - .~Tm.~ (t) - (~ ~m.~ (t)~ 2~(~m.~ (t-1) ) (53) ~m(t) - (~m.~ (t-1) - (~ ~m_~ (t)~ 2~.~m_~ (t) ) (54) Ym(t-1) - Ym_~ (t-1) ' {~ bm_~ (t'1)~ Z~~m_~ (t-1) ) (55) pm~,~a(t) - ~Pm,,~a(t'1) + {bm(t)e*m,~,(t)/Ym(t) ) (56) Km~~e(t) - (Pm~ae(t)/~m(t) ? (57) em~l,xa(t) - em, ,la (t) - K*m(t)bm(t) (58) where a (*) denotes a complex conjugate.
These equations cause the error signals fm(t), bm(t), em,~a(t) to be squared or to be multiplied by one another, in effect squaring the errors, and creating new intermediate error values, such as ~m_~(t). The error signals and the intermediate error values are recursively 2la~ss~
V~~!!, 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 tied together, as shown in the above equations (48) through (58). They interact to minimize the error signals in the next stage.
After a good approximation to the desired signal Y'~e(t) has been determined by the joint process estimator 60, a next set of samples, including a sample of the measured signal S~e(t) and a sample of the noise reference signal n'(t), are input to the joint process estimator 60.
The re-initialization process does not re-occur, such that the forward and backward reflection coefficient T'f,m(t) and rb,m(t) register 90, 92 values and the regression coefficient xm,~e(t) register 96 value reflect the multiplicative values required to estimate the desired portion Yze(t) of the sample of S~a(t) input previously.
Thus, information from previous samples is used to estimate the desired signal portion of a present set of samples in each stage.
FLOWCHART OF JOINT PROCESS ESTIMATOR
In a signal processor, such as a physiological monitor, incorporating a reference processor of the present invention to determine a noise reference signal n'(t) for input to an adaptive noise canceler, a joint process estimator 60 type adaptive noise canceler is generally implemented via a software program having an iterative loop. one iteration of the loop is analogous to a single stage of the joint process estimator as shown in Figure 7. Thus, if a loop is iterated m times, it is equivalent to an m stage joint process estimator 60.
A flow chart of a subroutine to estimate the desired signal portion Y~a(t) of a sample of a measured signal, Sza(t) is shown in Figure 8. The flow chart describes how the action of a reference processor for determining the noise reference signal and the joint process estimator 60 would be implemented in software.
A one-time only initialization is performed when the physiological monitor is turned on, as indicated by an "INITIALIZE NOISE CANCELER" box 120. The initialization sets all registers 90, 92, and 96 and delay element variables 110 to the values described above in equations (40) through (44).
Next, a set of simultaneous samples~of the measured signals Saa(t) and S~b(t) is input to the subroutine represented by the flowchart in Figure 8. Then a time update of each of the delay element program variables occurs, as indicated in a "TIME UPDATE OF [Z''] ELEMENTS"
box 130, wherein the value stored in each of the delay element variables 110 is set to the value at the input of the delay element variable 110. Thus, the zero-stage backward prediction error bolt) is stored in the first-stage delay element variable, the first-stage backward prediction error b~(t) is stored in the second-stage delay element variable, and so on.
Then, using the set of measured signal samples S~a(t) and S~b(t), the noise reference signal is calculated VSO 92/15955 2 ~ fl ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 according to the ratiometric or the constant saturation method described above. This is indicated by a "CALCULATE
NOISE REFERENCE (n'(t)) FOR TWO MEASURED SIGNAL SAMPLES"
box 140. The ratiometric method is generally preferred since no assumptions about constant saturation values need be made.
A zero-stage order update is performed next as indicated in a "ZERO-STAGE UPDATE" box 150. The zero-stage backward prediction error ba(t), and the zero-stage forward prediction error fo(t) are set equal to the value of the noise reference signal n'(t). Additionally, the weighted sum of the forward prediction errors Tm(t) and the weighted sum of backward prediction errors Qm(t) are set equal to the value defined in equation (46).
Next, a loop counter, m, is initialized as indicated in a "m=0" box 160. A maximum value of m, defining the total number of stages to be used by the subroutine corresponding to the flowchart in Figure 8, is also defined. Typically, the loop is constructed such that it stops iterating once a criterion for convergence upon a best approximation to the desired signal has been met by the joint process estimator 60. Additionally, a maximum number of loop iterations may be chosen at which the loop stops iteration. In a preferred embodiment of a physiological monitor of the present invention, a maximum number of iterations, m=60 to m=80, is advantageously chosen.
within the loop, the forward and backward reflection coefficient rf,m(t) and rb,m(t) register 90 and 92 values in the least-squares lattice filter are calculated first, as indicated by the "ORDER UPDATE MTH CELL OF LSL-LATTICE"
box 170 in Figure 8. This requires calculation of intermediate variable and signal values used in determining register 90, 92, and 96 values in the present stage, the next stage, and in the regression filter 80 The calculation of regression filter register 96 value xm,~a(t) is performed next, indicated by the "ORDER
UPDATE MTH STAGE OF REGRESSION FILTER(S)" box 180. The two order update boxes 170 and 180 are performed in sequence m times, until m has reached its predetermined maximum (in the preferred embodiment, m=60 to m=80) or a solution has been converged upon, as indicated by a YES
path from a "DONE" decision box 190. In a computer subroutine, convergence is determined by checking if the weighted sums of the forward and backward prediction errors 9m(t) and pm(t) are less than a small positive number. An output is calculated next, as indicated by a "CALCULATE OUTPUT" box 200. The output is a good approximation to the desired signal, as determined by the reference processor and joint process estimator 60 subroutine corresponding to the flow chart of Figure 8.
This is displayed (or used in a calculation in another subroutine), as indicated by a "TO DISPLAY" box 210.
A new set of samples of the two measured signals S~e(t) and S~b(t) is input to the processor and joint 1~ 92/15955 210 ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 process estimator 60 adaptive noise canceler subroutine corresponding to the flowchart of Figure 8 and the process reiterates for these samples. Note, however, that the initialization process does not re-occur. New sets of measured signal samples S~e(t) and S~b(t) are continuously input to the reference processor and joint process estimator 60 adaptive noise canceler subroutine. The output forms a chain of samples which is representative of a continuous wave. This waveform is a good approximation to the desired signal waveform Y'~e(t) at wavelength .la.
CALCULATION OF SATURATION FROM ADAPTIVE
NOISE CANCELER OUTPUT
Physiological monitors typically use the approximation of the desired signal Y'ae(t) to calculate another quantity, such as the saturation of one constituent in a volume containing that constituent plus one or more other constituents. Generally, such calculations require information about a desired signal at two wavelengths. In some measurements, this wavelength is 7~b, the wavelength used in the calculation of the noise reference signal n'(t). For example, the constant saturation method of determining the noise reference signal requires a good approximation of the desired signal portions Y~e(t) and Y~b(t) of both measured signals S~a(t) and S~b(t) . Then, the saturation is determined from the approximations to both signals, i.e. Y'~e(t) and Y'~b(t).
WO 92/15955 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 _ In other physiological measurements, information about a signal at a third wavelength is necessary. For example, to find the saturation using the ratiometric method, signals S~e(t) and S~b(t) are used to find the noise reference signal n'(t). But as discussed previously, .la and .1b were chosen to satisfy a proportionality relationship like that of equation (22). This proportionality relationship forces the two desired signal portions Yaa(t) and Y~b(t) to be linearly dependant.
Generally, linearly dependant mathematical equations cannot be solved for the unknowns. Analogously, some desirable information cannot be derived from two linearly dependent signals. Thus, to determine the saturation using the ratiometric method, a third signal is simultaneously measured at wavelength ~c. The wavelength Ac is chosen such that the desired portion Y~~ (t) of the measured signal S~~(t) is not linearly dependent with the desired portions Y~a(t) and Y~b(t) of the measured signals Spa ( t ) and Sib ( t ) . S ince al l measurements are taken substantially simultaneously, the noise reference signal n'(t) is correlated to the undesired signal portions n~a, nib, and n~~ of each of the measured signals Sze(t) , S~b(t) , and S~~ (t) and can be used to estimate approximations to the desired signal portions Y~a(t) , Y~b(t) , and Y~~ (t) for all three measured signals S~e(t) , S~b(t) , and S~~(t) . Using the ratiometric method, estimation of the desired signal portions Y~e (t) and Y~~ (t) of two measured signals Sae (t) and S~~(t), chosen correctly, is usually satisfactory to determine most physiological data.
A joint process estimator 60 having two regression filters 80a and Bob is shown in Figure 9. A first regression filter 80a accepts a measured signal S~a(t). A
second regression filter 80b accepts a measured signal S~b(t) or S~~(t), depending whether the constant saturation method or the ratiometric method is used to determine the noise reference signal n'(t). The first and second regression filters Boa and 80b are independent. The backward prediction error bm(t) is input to each regression filter 80a and 80b, the input for the second regression filter 80b bypassing the first regression filter 80a.
The second regression filter 80b comprises registers 98, and summing elements 108 arranged similarly to those in the first regression filter 80a. The second regression filter 80b operates via an additional intermediate variable in conjunction with those defined by equations (48) through (58), i.e.:
Pm,zb(t) - ~Pm,~b(t'1) + (ba(t)e*m,~b(t)/Ym(t) ? % or (59) Pm,x~(t) - ~Pm,~~(t'1) + (bm(t)e*~,,a~(t)/Ym(t) ? % arid (60) Po,zb(0) - 0% or (61) po,~~(0) - 0. (62) The second regression filter 80b has an error signal value defined similar to the first regression filter error signal values, em,~,ae (t) , i. e.
em.~,lb(t) - em,lb(t) - K*m,xb(t)b~(t) % or (63) e~~,~~(t) - em,~~(t) ' K*m,lb(t)b~(t) % and (64) WO 92/15955 ~ 1 U e~ ~) ~ ~ 62 PCT/US92/01895 _ eo,~b(t) - S~b(t) for t >_ o: or (65) eo,~~(t) - S~~(t) for t >_ 0. (66) The second regression filter has a regression coefficient lGm~~b(t) register 98 value defined similarly to the first regression filter error signal values, i.e.:
Km~~b(t) - (Pm~~b(t)~Q~(t) ) i Or (67) Km z~(t) - (Pm ~~(t)~Qm(t) ): ( These values are used in conjunction with those intermediate variable values, signal values, register and register values defined in equations (40) through (58).
These signals are calculated in an order defined by placing the additional signals immediately adjacent a similar signal for the wavelength la.
For the ratiometric method, S~~(t) is input to the second regression filter 80b. The output of the second regression filter 80b is then a good approximation to the desired signal Y'~~(t). For the constant saturation method, S~b(t) is input to the second regression filter 80b. The output is then a good approximation to the desired signal Y'~b(t) .
The addition of the second regression filter 80b does not substantially change the computer program subroutine represented by the flowchart of Figure 8. Instead of an order update of the mth stage of only one regression filter, an order update of the mth stage of both regression filters 80a and 80b is performed. This is characterized by the plural designation in the "ORDER UPDATE OF mth STAGE
OF REGRESSION FILTER(S)" box 180 in Figure 8. Since the ~~o~~s~
~~ 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 regression filters 80a and 80b operate independently, independent calculations can be performed in the reference processor and joint process estimator 60 adaptive noise canceler subroutine modeled by the flowchart of Figure 8.
CALCULATION OF SATURATION
Once good approximations to the desired signals, Y' ~a ( t ) and Y' a~ ( t ) f or the ratiometric method and Y' za ( t ) and Y'zb(t) for the constant saturation method, have been determined by the joint process estimator 60, the saturation of A5 in a volume containing AS and A6, for example, may be calculated according to various known methods. Mathematically, the approximations to the desired signals can be written: ' Y'~a(t) ~ ES,laC5x5,6(t) t E6~~eC6X5,6(t) i and (69) Y~lc(t) ~ E5,1cC5x5,6(t) + ~6~~cCbX5~6(t) . (70) for the ratiometric method using wavelengths la and ~,c.
For the constant saturation method, the approximations to the desired signals can be written in terms of .1a and ~1b as:
Y~ae(t) ~' ES,laC5X5,6(t) + E6~~eC6X5~6(t) ; and (71) Y~xb(t) ~ e5,1bG5x5,6(t) + E6~~bG6X5~6(t) . (72) This is equivalent to two equations having three unknowns, namely c5 (t) , c6(t) and x5,6(t) . In both the ratiometric and the constant saturation cases, the saturation can be determined by acquiring approximations to the desired signal portions at two different, yet proximate times t~
WO 92/15955 ~ ~ ~ 5 6 ~ ~ 64 PCT/US92/01895 and t2 over which the saturation of A5 in the volume containing AS and A6 does not change substantially. For example, for the desired signals estimated by the ratiometric method, at times t~ and tZ:
Y~la(t1) ~ ES,xaC5X5,6(t1) + Eb,laC6X5,6(t1) (73) Y~lc(t1) 'v ES,xcC5X5,6(t1) + 6,1cC6X5,6(t1) (74) Y ~ la (t2) ~ S,laC5X5,6 (t2) + E6,laCbx5,6 (t2) ( Y~lc(t2) ~ 5,1cC5x5,6(t2) + E6,~cC6x5,6(t2) (76) Then, difference signals may be determined which relate the signals of equation (73) through (76), i.e..
~Y~e = Y~la(t1)-Y~~a(t2) '" S,laCS~X + b~~aCb~X: arid(77) DY~c = Y~lc(tt) Y~ac(t2) 'v 5,1cC5~X + E6~~cc6~x; (78) where ~x = X56 (t~ ) - X56 (tz) . The average saturation at time t=(t~+tZ)/2 is:
Saturation (t) - cs(t)/[c5 (t) + cb(t) ) (79) _ 0 Y.L a E6,~la E6,~Lb( ) xb 0 Yaa _ _ _ E6,.la ES,~Ia (E6,xb ES,xb) ( ) 0 Yob (80) It will be understood that the ~x term drops out from the saturation calculation because of the division. Thus, knowledge of the thickness of the desired constituents is not required to calculate saturation.
PULSE OXIMETRY MEASUREMENTS
A specific example of a physiological monitor utilizing a processor of the present invention to '"~ 92/15955 210 5 G 8 2 PCT/US92/01895 determine a noise reference signal n'(t) for input to an adaptive noise canceler that removes erratic motion-induced undesired signal portions is a pulse oximeter. A
pulse oximeter typically causes energy to propagate through a medium where blood flows close to the surface for example, an ear lobe, ar a digit such as a finger, or a forehead. An attenuated signal is measured after propagation through or reflection from the medium. The pulse oximeter estimates the saturation of oxygenated blood available to the body for use.
Freshly oxygenated blood is pumped at high pressure from the heart into the arteries for use by the body. The volume of blood in the arteries varies with the heartbeat, giving rise to a variation in absorption of energy at the rate of the heartbeat, or the pulse.
Oxygen depleted, or deoxygenated, blood is returned to the heart by the veins along with unused oxygenated blood. The volume of blood in the veins varies with the rate of breathing, which is typically much slower than the heartbeat. Thus, when there is no motion induced variation in the thickness of the veins, venous blood causes a low frequency variation in absorption of energy.
When there is motion induced variation in the thickness of the veins, the low frequency variation in absorption is coupled with the erratic variation in absorption due to motion artifact.
In absorption measurements using the transmission of energy through a medium, two light emitting diodes (LED's) ~.~U~68~
are positioned on one side of a portion of the body where blood flows close to the surface, such as a finger, and a photodetector is positioned on the opposite side of the finger. Typically, in pulse oximetry measurements, one LED emits a visible wavelength, preferably red, and the other LED emits an infrared wavelength. However, one skilled in the art will realize that other wavelength combinations could be used.
The finger comprises skin, tissue, muscle, both arterial blood and venous blood, fat, etc., each of which absorbs light energy differently due to different absorption coefficients, different concentrations, and different thicknesses. When the patient is not moving, absorption is substantially constant except for the flow of blood. This constant attenuation can be determined and subtracted from the signal via traditional filtering techniques. When the patient moves, the absorption becomes erratic. Erratic motion induced noise typically cannot be predetermined and subtracted from the measured signal via traditional filtering techniques. Thus, determining the saturation of oxygenated arterial blood becomes more difficult.
A schematic of a physiological monitor for pulse oximetry is shown in Figure 10. Two LED's 300 and 302, one LED 300 emitting red wavelengths and another LED 302 emitting infrared wavelengths, are placed adjacent a finger 310. A photodetector 320, which produces an electrical signal corresponding to the attenuated visible 210 ~ 6 8 2 p~/US92/01895 '"~ 92/15955 and infrared light energy signals is located opposite the LED's 300 and 302. The photodetector 320 is connected to a single channel of common processing circuitry including an amplifier 330 which is in turn connected to a band pass filter 340. The band pass filter 340 passes signal into a synchronized demodulator 350 which has a plurality of output channels. One output channel is for signals corresponding to visible wavelengths and another output channel is for signals corresponding to infrared wavelengths.
The output channels of the synchronized demodulator for signals corresponding to both the visible and infrared wavelengths are each connected to separate paths, each path comprising further processing circuitry. Each path includes a DC offset removal element 360 and 362, such as a differential amplifier, a programmable gain amplifier 370 and 372 and a low pass filter 380 and 382. The output of each low pass filter 380 and 382 is amplified in a second programmable gain amplifier 390 and 392 and then input to a multiplexer 400.
The multiplexer 400 is connected to an analog-to-digital converter 410 which is in turn connected to a microprocessor 420. Control lines between the microprocessor 420 and the multiplexer 400, the microprocessor 420 and the analog-to-digital converter 410, and the microprocessor 420 and each programmable gain amplifier 370, 372, 390, and 392 are formed. The microprocessor 420 has additional control lines, one of ~.~ll~~~~2 which leads to a display 430 and the other of which leads to an LED driver 440 situated in a feedback loop with the two LED's 300 and 302.
The LED's 300 and 302 each emits energy which is absorbed by the finger 310 and received by the photodetector 320. The photodetector 320 produces an electrical signal which corresponds to the intensity of the light energy striking the photodetector 320 surface.
The amplifier 330 amplifies this electrical signal for ease of processing. The band pass filter 340 then removes unwanted high and low frequencies. The synchronized demodulator 350 separates the electrical signal into electrical signals corresponding to the red and infrared light energy components. A predetermined reference voltage, V~ef~ is subtracted by the DC offset removal element 360 and 362 from each of the separate signals to remove substantially constant absorption which corresponds to absorption when there is no motion induced undesired signal component. Then the first programmable gain amplifiers 370 and 372 amplify each signal for ease of manipulation. The low pass filters 380 and 382 integrate each signal to remove unwanted high frequency components and the second programmable gain amplifiers 390 and 392 amplify each signal for further ease of processing.
The multiplexes 400 acts as an analog switch between the electrical signals corresponding to the red and the infrared light energy, allowing first a signal corresponding to the red light to enter the analog-to-~.~ 92/15955 digital convertor 410 and then a signal corresponding to the infrared light to enter the analog-to-digital convertor 410. This eliminates the need for multiple analog-to-digital convertors 410. The analog-to-digital convertor 410 inputs the data into the microprocessor 420 for calculation of a noise reference signal via the processing technique of the present invention and removal of undesired signal portions via an adaptive noise canceler. The microprocessor 420 centrally controls the multiplexes 400, the analog-to-digital convertor 410, and the first and second programmable gain amplifiers 370 and 390 for both the red and the infrared channels.
Additionally, the microprocessor 420 controls the intensity of the LED's 302 and 304 through the LED driver 440 in a servo loop to keep the average intensity received at the photodetector 320 within an appropriate range.
Within the microprocessor 420 a noise reference signal n'(t) is calculated via either the constant saturation method or the ratiometric method, as described above, the ratiometric method being generally preferred. This signal is used in an adaptive noise canceler of the joint process estimator type 60, described above.
The multiplexes 400 time multiplexes, or sequentially switches between, the electrical signals corresponding to the red and the infrared light energy. This allows a single channel to be used to detect and begin processing the electrical signals. For example, the red LED 300 is energized first and the attenuated signal is measured at ~lU~ti~~
the photodetector 320. An electrical signal corresponding to the intensity of the attenuated red light energy is passed to the common processing circuitry. The infrared LED 302 is energized next and the attenuated signal is measured at the photodetector 320. An electrical signal corresponding to the intensity of the attenuated infrared light energy is passed to the common processing circuitry.
Then, the red LED 300 is energized again and the corresponding electrical signal is passed to the common processing circuitry. The sequential energization of LED's 300 and 302 occurs continuously while the pulse oximeter is operating.
The processing circuitry is divided into distinct paths after the synchronized demodulator 350 to ease time constraints generated by time multiplexing. In the preferred embodiment of the pulse oximeter shown in Figure 10, a sample rate, or LED energization rate, of 1000 Hz is advantageously employed. Thus, electrical signals reach the synchronized demodulator 350 at a rate of 1000 Hz.
Time multiplexing is not used in place of the separate paths due to settling time constraints of the low pass filters 380, 382, and 384.
In Figure 10, a third LED 304 is shown adjacent the finger, located near the LED's 300 and 302. The third LED
304 is used to measure a third signal S~~(t) to be used to determine saturation using the ratiometric method. The third LED 304 is time multiplexed with the red and infrared LED's 300 and 302. Thus, a third signal is input 111fn 92/15955 to the common processing circuitry in sequence with the signals from the red and infrared LED's 300 and 302.
After passing through and being processed by the operational amplifier 330, the band pass filter 340, and the synchronized demodulator 350, the third electrical signal corresponding to light energy at wavelength plc is input to a separate path including a DC offset removal element 364, a first programmable gain amplifier 374, a low pass filter 384, and a second programmable gain amplifier 394. The third signal is then input to the multiplexes 400.
The dashed line connection for the third LED 304 indicates that this third LED 304 is incorporated into the pulse oximeter when the ratiometric method is used: it is unnecessary for the constant saturation method. When the third LED 304 is used, the multiplexes 400 acts as an analog switch between all three LED 300, 302, and 304 signals. If the third LED 304 is utilized, feedback loops between the microprocessor 420 and the first and second programmable gain amplifier 374 and 394 in the .lc wavelength path are also formed.
For pulse oximetry measurements using the ratiometric method, the signals (logarithm converted) transmitted through the finger 310 at each wavelength ~la, alb, and .lc are:
~~o~~~~~z ~2 SZa ( t) =S~red1 ( t) = E~p2.xaCHb02X~ ( t) +E~.aaCXbXA ( t) + EHb02,~1aCHbo2XV ( t) + E~.aaCXbXv( t) + Il~a ( t) (81) Sib ( t) =Sxreaz ( t) = E~z, abcH~'noaX'~ ( t) +E~, xbci~'~ ( t) + Etmoa,xbCxbo2X y( t) + E~.a~cri~°( t) + nib ( t) .
(s2) 5~,~ ( t) =SaiR ( t) = E~a.accxAboaX'~ ( t) +E~.acc~A ( t) EtmOa. acCXb02X v ( t ) + E~. acCi~ y+ nac ( t ) .
(83) In equations (81) through (83), x"(t) is the lump-sum thickness of the arterial blood in the finger: xY(t) is the lump-sum thickness of venous blood in the f finger i E H~z, xa ~Hboz,~b~ EHb02,lc~ ~ilb,la~ ENb,lb~ and EHb,~~ are the absorption coefficients of the oxygenated and non-oxygenated hemoglobin, at each wavelength measured: and cH~2(t) and cNb(t) with the superscript designations A and v are the concentrations of the oxygenated and non-oxygenated arterial blood and venous blood, respectively.
For the ratiometric method, the wavelengths chosen are typically two in the visible red range, i.e., .1a and alb, and one in the infrared range, i.e., plc. As described above, the measurement wavelengths ~la and ~1b are advantageously chosen to satisfy a proportionality relationship which removes the desired signal portion 2~o~ss~
V~ 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 Y~a(t) and Y~b(t), yielding a noise reference signal n'(t).
In the preferred embodiment, the ratiometric method is used to determine the noise reference signal n'(t) by picking two wavelengths that cause the desired portions Y~a(t) and Y~b(t) of the measured signals S~a(t) and S~b(t) to become linearly dependent similarly to equation (22);
i.e. wavelengths ~1a and .1b which satisfy:
~ Nb02, ~~ E Hb, as E Hb02,1LY E Hb, 1b ( 8 4 ) Typical wavelength values chosen are 71a = 650nm and ~,b =
685nm. Additionally a typical wavelength value for .1c is plc = 940nm. By picking wavelengths Jla and ~1b to satisfy equation (84) the venous portion of the measured signal is also caused to become linearly dependent even though it is not a portion of the desired signal. Thus, the venous portion of the signal is removed with the desired portion.
The proportionality relationship between equations (81) and (82) which allows determination of a non-zero noise reference signal n'(t), similarly to equation (25) is:
~ r4 E Nb, la/ E Nb; 1b % where ( 8 5 ) n~a(t) ~ t~r4n~b(t) ' (86) In pulse oximetry, both equations (85) and (86) can typically be satisfied simultaneously.
Figure 11 is a graph of the absorption coefficients of oxygenated and deoxygenated hemoglobin (sH~2 and eHb) vs.
wavelength (.~). Figure 12 is a graph of the ratio of absorption coefficients vs. wavelength, i.e., ~Nb/EN~Z VS.
~l over the range of wavelength within circle 13 in Figure 11. Anywhere a horizontal line touches the curve of ~l~l~t~~~ ~4 Figure 12 twice, as does line 400, the condition of equation (84) is satisfied. Figure 13 shows an exploded view of the area of Figure 11 within the circle 13.
Values of EN~Z and eHb at the wavelengths where a horizontal line touches the curve of Figure 12 twice can then be determined from the data in Figure 13 to solve for the proportionality relationship of equation (85).
A special case of the ratiometric method is when the absorption coefficients eH~z and EHb are equal at a wavelength. Arrow 410 in Figure 11 indicates one such location, called an isobestic point. Figure 13 shows an exploded view of the isobestic point. To use isobestic points with the ratiometric method, two wavelengths at isobestic points are determined to satisfy equation (84).
Multiplying equation (82) by ~~' and then subtracting equation (82) from equation (81), a non-zero noise reference signal n'(t) is determined by:
n' (t) - S~a(t) - ~r4Slb(t) - nla(t) - fr4n~b' (8~) This noise reference signal n'(t) has spectral content corresponding to the erratic, motion-induced noise. When it is input to an adaptive noise canceler, with either the signals S~~(t) and S~~(t) or S~b(t) and Sz~(t) input to two regression filters 80a and 80b, the adaptive noise canceler will function much like an adaptive multiple notch filter and remove frequency components present in both the noise reference signal n'(t) and the measured signals from the measured signals S~e (t) and S~~ (t) or S~b(t) and S~~(t). Thus, the adaptive noise canceler is able to remove erratic noise caused in the venous portion of the measured signals S~e(t) , S~b(t) , and S~~(t) even though the venous portion of the measured signals Sza (t) and S~b(t) was not incorporated in the noise reference signal n'(t). However, the low frequency absorption caused by venous blood moving through the veins is generally not one of the frequencies incorporated into the noise reference signal n'(t). Thus, the adaptive noise canceler generally will not remove this portion of the undesired signal. However, a band pass filter applied to the approximations to the desired signals Y'ze(t) and Y' ~~ (t) or Y' ~b (t) and Y' ~~ ( t) can remove this portion of the undesired signal corresponding to the low frequency venous absorption.
For pulse oximetry measurements using the constant saturation method, the signals (logarithm converted) transmitted through the finger 310 at each wavelength ~,a and alb are Spa ( t) =S~red1 ( t) _ ~~p2..taCfmOaX~ ( t) +E~.xaCfibX~ ( t) + Ef~Oa.laCl~Oa~v( t) + Et~.laCtibX y( t) + Ilaa ( t) .
(88) Sib ( t) =SxzR ( t) = Era, xec~raoaX" ( t) +e~, abc~A ( t) Er~o2, abctmoax ° ( t ) + e~, xbcm~ y ( t ) + nab ( t ) .
(89) For the constant saturation method, the wavelengths chosen are typically one in the visible red range, i.e., ~la, and 21050~~
WO 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 _ one in the infrared range, i.e., fib. Typical wavelength values chosen are ~1a = 660nm and ~1b = 940nm. Using the constant saturation method, it is assumed that CH~2(t)/CHb(t) - constant. The saturation of oxygenated arterial blood changes slowly, if at all, with respect to the sample rate, making this a valid assumption. The proportionality factor between equation (88) and (89) can then be written as:
~s4 ( t ) . E Hb02, laCHb02x ( t ) + E Hb, laCHbx ( t ) E c x(t) + E c x t (90) Hb02,lb Hb02 Hb,~b Hb ( ) Y'~a(t)/Y'~b(t) . where (91) n~a(t) # t~~(t)nxb(t)' (92) In pulse oximetry, it is typically the case that both equations (91) and (92) can be satisfied simultaneously.
Multiplying equation (89) by 7~s4(t) and then subtracting equation (89) from equation (88), a non-zero noise reference signal n'(t) is determined by:
n~ (t) - S1a(t) - ~s4(t)Sab(t) ( - Efmoa.~acxboaX ''( t) +E~.aac~''( t) +na$ ( t) ~ s4 ~ Exbo2. abc~oaX V ( t ) +E~. ~,bcm~ ° ( t ) +nab ( t ) ~ .
(94) The constant saturation assumption does not cause the venous contribution to the absorption to be canceled along with the desired signal portions Y~e(t) and Yzb(t), as did the relationship of equation (84) used in the ratiometric method. Thus, frequencies associated with both the low frequency modulated absorption due to venous absorption when the patient is still and the erratically modulated ~fo~o~2 ~1~ 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 absorption due to venous absorption when the patient is moving are represented in the noise reference signal n'(t). Thus, the adaptive canceler can remove both erratically modulated absorption due to venous blood in the finger under motion and the constant low frequency cyclic absorption of venous blood.
Using either method, a noise reference signal n'(t) is determined by the processor of the present invention for use in an adaptive noise canceler which is defined by software in the microprocessor. The preferred adaptive noise canceler is the joint process estimator 60 described above.
Illustrating the operation of the ratiometric method of the present invention, Figures 14, 15 and 16 show signals measured for use in determining the saturation of oxygenated arterial blood using a reference processor of the present invention which employs the ratiometric method, i.e., the signals S~a(t) - S~~~~(t), S~b(t) -Sa~~ (t) , and S~~ (t) - SaIR (t) . A first segment 14a, 15a, and 16a of each of the signals is relatively undisturbed by motion artifact, i.e., the patient did not move substantially during the time period in which these segments were measured. These segments 14a, 15a, and 16a are thus generally representative of the desired plethysmographic waveform at each of the measured wavelengths. A second segment 14b, 15b, and 16b of each of the signals is affected by motion artifact, i.e., the patient did move during the time period in which these WO 92/15955 ~ U ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 _.
segments were measured. Each of these segments 14b, 15b, and 16b shows large motion induced excursions in the measured signal. A third segment 14c, 15c, and 16c of each of the signals is again relatively unaffected by motion artifact and is thus generally representative of the desired plethysmographic waveform at each of the measured wavelengths.
Figure 17 shows the noise reference signal n'(t) = n~a - ~r4nab(t)~ as determined by a reference processor of the present invention utilizing the ratiometric method. As discussed previously, the noise reference signal n'(t) is correlated to the undesired signal portions nza, nib, and n~~. Thus, a first segment 17a of the noise reference signal n'(t) is generally flat, corresponding to the fact that there is very little motion induced noise in the first segments 14a, 15a, and 16a of each signal. A second segment 17b of the noise reference signal n'(t) exhibits large excursions, corresponding to the large motion induced excursions in each of the measured signals. A
third segment 17c of the noise reference signal n'(t) is generally flat, again corresponding to the lack of motion artifact in the third segments 14a, 14b, and 14c of each measured signal.
Figures 18 and 19 show the approximations Y'~a(t) and Y' a~ (t) to the desired signals Y~e (t) and Y~~ (t) as estimated by the joint process estimator 60 using a noise reference signal n'(t) determined by the ratiometric method. Note that the scale of Figures 14 through 19 is not the same 92/15955 ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 for each figure to better illustrate changes in each signal. Figures 18 and 19 illustrate the effect of the joint process estimator adaptive noise canceler using the noise reference signal n'(t) as determined by the reference processor of the present invention using the ratiometric method. Segments 18b and 19b are not dominated by motion induced noise as were segments 14b, 15b, and 16b of the measured signals. Additionally, segments 18a, 19a, 18c, and 19c have not been substantially changed from the measured signal segments 14a, 15a, 16a, 14c, 15c, and 16c where there was no motion induced noise.
Illustrating the operation of the constant saturation method of the present invention, Figures 20 and 21 show signals measured for input to a reference processor of the present invention which employs the constant saturation method, i.e. , the signals S~a(t) - 5~~~(t) and Szb(t) -SzIR(t) . A first segment 20a and 21a of each of the signals is relatively undisturbed by motion artifact, i.e., the patient did not move substantially during the time period in which these segments were measured. These segments 20a and 21a are thus generally representative of the desired plethysmographic waveform at each of the measured wavelengths. A second segment 20b and 21b of each of the signals is affected by motion artifact, i.e., the patient did move during the time period in which these segments were measured. Each of these segments 20b and 21b shows large motion induced excursions in the measured signal.
WO 92/15955 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~0 PCT/US92/01895 A third segment 20c and 21c of each of the signals is again relatively unaffected by motion artifact and is thus generally representative of the desired plethysmographic waveform at each of the measured wavelengths.
Figure 22 shows the noise reference signal n'(t) -nze(t) - T~S'n~b(t) , as determined by a reference processor of the present invention utilizing the constant saturation method. Again, the noise reference signal n'(t) is correlated to the undesired signal portions nee and nib.
Thus, a first segment 22a of the noise reference signal n'(t) is generally flat, corresponding to the fact that there is very little motion induced noise in the first segments 20a and 21a of each signal. A second segment 22b of the noise reference signal n'(t) exhibits large excursions, corresponding to the large motion induced excursions in each of the measured signals. A third segment 22c of the noise reference signal n'(t) is generally flat, again corresponding to the lack of motion artifact in the third segments 20b and 21c of each measured signal.
Figures 23 and 24 show the approximations Y'~e(t) and Y'~b(t) to the desired signals Y~a(t) and Y~b(t) as estimated by the joint process estimator 60 using a noise reference signal n'(t) determined by the constant saturation method.
Note that the scale of Figures 20 through 24 is not the same for each figure to better illustrate changes in each signal. Figures 23 and 24 illustrate the effect of the joint process estimator adaptive noise canceler using the noise reference signal n'(t) as determined by a reference processor of the present invention utilizing the constant saturation method. Segments 23b and 24b are not dominated by motion induced noise as were segments 20b and 21b of the measured signals. Additionally, segments 23a, 24a, 23c, and 24c have not been substantially changed from the measured signal segments 20a, 21a, 20c, and 21c where there was no motion induced noise.
METHOD FOR ESTIMATING DESIRED PORTIONSOF
MEASURED SIGNALS IN A PULSE OXIMETER
A computer program subroutine, written in the C programming language, calculates a noise reference signal n'(t) using the ratiometric method and, using a joint process estimator 60, estimates the desired signal portions of two measured signals, each having an undesired portion which is correlated to the noise reference signal n'(t) and one of which was not used to calculate the noise reference signal n'(t). For example, Sza(t) - Szr~d~(t) - Siasorn~(t) and S~~(t) - S~tR(t) -S~94or,~ ( t ) can be input to the computer subroutine . One skilled in the art will realize that S~e(t) - Sar~z(t) -g~~s~(t) and Sa~(t) - S~ta(t) - S~~or~(t) will also work.
This subroutine is one way to implement the steps illustrated in the flowchart of Figure 8 for a monitor particularly adapted for pulse oximetry.
~1U568 The program estimates the desired signal portions of two light energy signals, one preferably corresponding to light in the visible red range and the other preferably corresponding to light in the infrared range such that a determination of the amount of oxygen available to the body, or the saturation of oxygen in the arterial blood, may be made. The calculation of the saturation is performed in a separate subroutine. Various methods for calculation of the oxygen saturation are known to those skilled in the art. One such calculation is described in the articles by G.A. Mook, et al, and Michael R. Neuman cited above. Once the concentration of oxygenated hemoglobin and deoxygenated hemoglobin are determined, the value of the saturation is determined similarly to equations (73) through (80) wherein measurements at times t~ and t2 are made at different, yet proximate times over which the saturation is relatively constant. For pulse oximetry, the average saturation at time t = (t~+t2)/2 is then determined by:
Saturation (t) - CH~2(t)/[CH~2(t) + cHb(t) ] . (95) 0 Y7~a EXb. Jla-El~. 1b ( ) O Yab _ _ 0 Yxa EFm.xa EXbo2.la (EXb~.tb-EI~OT..tb) ( ) D Yxb (96) Using the ratiometric method, three signals S~a(t), S~b(t), and Sa~(t) are input to the subroutine. S~e(t) and S~b(t) are used to calculate the noise reference signal n~(t). As described above, the wavelengths of light at 2~0568~
~U 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 which S~a(t) and S~b(t) are measured are chosen to satisfy the relationship of equation (84). Once the noise reference signal n'(t) is determined, the desired signal portions Yea (t) and Y~~ (t) of the measured signals Sza (t) and S~~(t) are estimated for use in calculation of the oxygen saturation.
The correspondence of the program variables to the variables defined in the discussion of the joint process estimator is as follows:
~m(t) - nc[].Delta rf,mtt - nc [ ] . fref rb = nc[].bref m(~) , nc[].ferr fm(t) -b (t) - nc[].berr .~(t) - nc[].Fswsqr ~m(t) = nC[].BSWSqr ym(t) - nc[].Gamma pm 1a ( t - nC [ ] . Roh_a ) p~~(t) = nc[].Roh c em,aa (t) - nc [ ] . err a em - nc [ ] . err c a~ ( t ) , - nc[].K a aa(t) xm , - nc[].K c Km,~~(t) A first portion of the program performs the initialization of the registers 90, 92, 96, and 98 and intermediate variable values as in the "INITIALIZE NOISE
CANCELER" box 120 and equations (40) through (44) and equations (61), (62), (65), and (66). A second portion of the program performs the time updates of the delay element variables 110 where the value at the input of each delay element variable 110 is stored in the delay element variable 110 as in the "TIME UPDATE OF [Z''] ELEMENTS" box 130.
A third portion of the program calculates the noise reference signal, as in the "CALCULATE NOISE REFERENCE
(n'(t)) FOR TWO MEASURED SIGNAL SAMPLES" box 140 using the proportionality constant t~~4 determined by the ratiometric method as in equation (85).
A fourth portion of the program performs the zero-stage update as in the "ZERO-STAGE UPDATE" box 150 where the zero-stage forward prediction error fo(t) and the zero-stage backward prediction error bolt) are set equal to the value of the noise reference signal n'(t) just calculated.
Additionally, zero-stage values of intermediate variables ,~o(t) and po(t) (nc[].Fswsqr and nc[].Bswsqr in the program) are calculated for use in setting register 90, 92, 96, and 98 values in the least-squares lattice predictor 70 and the regression filters 80a and 80b.
A fifth portion of the program is an iterative loop wherein the loop counter, m, is reset to zero with a maximum of m = NC_CELLS, as in the "m=0" box 160 in Figure 8. NC_CELLS is a predetermined maximum value of iterations for the loop. A typical value of NC_CELLS is between 60 and 80, for example. The conditions of the loop are set such that the loop iterates a minimum of five times and continues to iterate until a test for conversion is met or m - NC CELLS. The test for conversion is whether or not the sum of the weighted sum of forward prediction errors plus the weighted sum of backward prediction errors is less than a small number, typically 0.00001 (1..e, 3m(t)+Qm(t) <_ 0.00001).
A sixth portion of the program calculates the forward and backward reflection coefficient rm,f(t) and rm,b(t) n. ' ~ c~ L ;., .rr .1 ~.1;~
~~ 92/15955 PCT/US92/01895 register 90 and 92 values (nc[].fref and nc[].bref in the program) as in the "ORDER UPDATE mth-STAGE OF LSL-PREDICTOR" box 170 and equations (49) and (50). Then forward and backward prediction errors fm(t) and bm(t) (nc[].ferr and nc[].berr in the program) are calculated as in equations (51) and (52). Additionally, intermediate variables.~~(t), Qm(t) and y~(t) (nc[].Fswsqr, nc[].Bswsqr, nc[].Gamma in the program) are calculated, as in equations (53), (54), and (55). The first cycle of the loop uses the values for nc[0].Fswsqr and nc[0].Bswsqr calculated in the ZERO-STAGE UPDATE portion of the program.
A seventh portion of the program, still within the loop, calculates the regression coefficient xm,~e(t) and xm,~~ (t) register 96 and 98 values (nc [ ] . K a and nc [ ] . K_c in the program) in both regression filters, as in the "ORDER
UPDATE mth STAGE OF REGRESSION FILTER(S)" box 180 and equations (57) through (68). Intermediate error signals and variables em,~a (t) , e~,~~ (t) , pm,~e (t) , and pm,z~ (t) (nc[].err a and nc[].err c, nc[].roh a, and nc[].roh-c in the subroutine) are also calculated as in equations (58), (64), (56), and (60), respectively.
The test for convergence of the joint process estimator is performed each time the loop iterates, analogously to the "DONE" box 190. If the sum of the weighted sums of the forward and backward prediction errors .~~(t)+Qm(t) is less than or equal to 0.00001, the loop terminates. Otherwise, the sixth and seventh portions of the program repeat.
(n'(t)) FOR
When either the convergence test is passed or m =
NC CELLS, an eighth portion of the program calculates the output of the joint process estimator 60 adaptive noise canceler as in the "CALCULATE OUTPUT" box 200. This output is a good approximation to both of the desired signals Y' ~a (t) and Y' ~~ (t) for the set of samples Sla (t) , S~b(t), and S~~(t) input to the program. After many sets of samples are processed by the joint process estimator, a compilation of the outputs provides output waves which are good approximations to the plethysmographic wave at each wavelength, Jla and plc.
Another computer program subroutine, written in the C programming language, calculates a noise reference signal n'(t) using the constant saturation method and, using a joint process estimator 60, estimates a good approximation to the desired signa_ portions of two measured signals, each having an undesired portion which is correlated to the noise reference signal n'(t) and each having been used to calculate the noise reference signal n'(t). This subroutine is another way to implement the steps illustrated in the flowchart of Figure 8 for a monitor particularly adapted for pulse oximetry. The two signals are measured at two different wavelengths ~a and alb, where ~1a is typically in the visible region and ~b is typically in the infrared region. For example, in one embodiment of the present invention, tailored specifica_ly to perform pulse oximetry 2i0568~
'~°'"192/15955 PCT/US92/01895 using the constant saturation method, J~a = 660nm and ~,b =
940nm.
The correspondence of the program variables to the variables defined in the discussion of the joint process estimator is as follows:
~m(t) - nc[].Delta rf,m(t) - nc[ ] . fref rb, (t) = nc[ ] .bref fm~t) - nc[].ferr b (t) - nc[].berr 9'm(t) - nc[].Fswsqr (3m(t) - nc[].Bswsqr y(t) - nc[].Gamma per, a8 ( t ) - nc [ ] . Roh_a pub ( t ) - nc [ ] . Roh b em, ~a ( t ) - nc [ ] . err a em, ~b ( t ) - nc [ ] . err b Km,ae(t) - nc[].K a Km~~b(t) - nC[ ] .K_b First and second portions of the subroutine are the same as the first and second portions of the above described subroutine tailored for the ratiometric method of determining the noise reference signal n'(t).
A third portion of the subroutine calculates the noise reference signal, as in the "CALCULATE NOISE
REFERENCE (n'(t)) FOR TWO MEASURED SIGNAL SAMPLES" box 140 for the signals S~a(t) and S~b(t) using the a proportionality constant ~~(t) determined by the constant saturation method as in equations (90) and (91). The saturation is calculated in a separate subroutine and a value of T~s4(t) is imported to the present subroutine for estimating the desired portions Yae(t) and Y~b(t) of the composite measured signals S~~(t) and S~b(t).
Fourth, fifth, and sixth portions of the subroutine are similar to the fourth, fifth, and sixth portions of the above described program tailored for the ratiometric method. However, the signals being used to estimate the desired signal portions Y~e(t) and Y~b(t) in the present subroutine tailored for the constant saturation method, are S~a(t) and S~b(t) , the same signals that were used to calculate the noise reference signal n'(t).
A seventh portion of the program, still within the loop begun in the fifth portion of the program, calculates the regression coefficient register 96 and 98 values x~,~e(t) and x~,zb(t) (nc[ ] .K a and nc[ ] .K b in the program) in both regression filters, as in the "ORDER UPDATE mt"
STAGE OF REGRESSION FILTER(S)" box 180 and equations (57) through (67). Intermediate error signals and variables em~ze(t) , e~~~b(t) , pm~~s(t) , and p~,~(t) (nc[ ] .err a and nc[].err b, nc[].roh a, and nc[].roh b in the subroutine) are also calculated as in equations (58), (63), (56), and (59), respectively.
The loop iterates until the test for convergence is passed, the test being the same as described above for the subroutine tailored for the ratiometric method. The output of the present subroutine is a good approximation to the desired signals Y'~a(t) and Y'~b(t) for the set of samples S~e(t) and S~b(t) input to the program. After approximations to the desired signal portions of many sets of measured signal samples are estimated by the joint process estimator, a compilation of the outputs provides waves which are good approximations to the plethysmographic wave at each wavelength, .~a and ~,b. The estimating process of the iterative loop is the same in either subroutine, only the sample values S~e(t) and S~~(t) or Sae(t) and Szb(t) input to the subroutine for use in estimation of the desired signal portions Y~e(t) and Yz~(t) or Y~a(t) and Yzb(t) and how the noise reference signal n'(t) is calculated are different for the ratiometric method and the constant saturation methods.
Independent of the method used, ratiometric or constant saturation, the approximations to the desired signal values Y' as (t) and Y' a~ (t) or Y' ~s (t) and Y' zb (t) are input to a separate subroutine in which the saturation of oxygen in the arterial blood is calculated. If the constant saturation method is used, the saturation calculation subroutine also determines a value for the proportionality constant ~~(t) as defined in equations (90) and (91) and discussed above. The concentration of oxygenated arterial blood can be found from the approximations to the desired signal values since the desired signals are made up of terms comprising x(t), the thickness of arterial blood in the finger: absorption coefficients of oxygenated and de-oxygenated hemoglobin, at each measured wavelength: and CH~(t) and CHb(t) , the concentrations of oxygenated and de-oxygenated hemoglobin, respectively. The saturation is a ratio of the concentration of one constituent, AS, with respect to the total concentration of constituents in the volume containing AS and A6. Thus, the thickness, x(t), is divided out of the saturation calculation and need not be WO 92/15955 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US92/01895 _._ predetermined. Additionally, the absorption coefficients are constant at each wavelength. The saturation of oxygenated arterial blood is then determined as in equations (95) and (96).
While one embodiment of a physiological monitor incorporating a processor of the present invention for determining a noise reference signal for use in an adaptive noise canceler to remove erratic noise components from a physiological measurement has been described in the form of a pulse oximeter, it will be obvious to one skilled in the art that other types of physiological monitors may also employ the above described techniques for noise reduction on a composite measured signal in the presence of noise.
Furthermore, it will be understood that transformations of measured signals other than logarithmic conversion and determination of a proportionality factor which allows removal of the desired signal portions for determination of a noise reference signal are possible.
Additionally, although the proportionality factor 7~ has been described herein as a ratio of a portion of a first signal to a portion of a second signal, a similar proportionality constant determined as a ratio of a portion of a second signal to a portion of a first signal could equally well be utilized in the processor of the present invention. In the latter case, a noise reference s ignal would general 1y resemble n' ( t ) - nib ( t ) - 7~n~a ( t ) .
210 5 ~ 8 2 p~/US92/01895 ~~ 92/15955 It will also be obvious to one skilled in the art that for most physiological measurements, two wavelengths may be determined which will enable a signal to be measured which is indicative of a quantity of a component about which information is desired. Information about a constituent of any energy absorbing physiological material may be determined by a physiological monitor incorporating a signal processor of the present invention and an adaptive noise canceler by determining wavelengths which are absorbed primarily by the constituent of interest.
For most physiological measurements, this is a simple determination.
Moreover, one skilled in the art will realize that any portion of a patient or a material derived from a patient may be used to take measurements for a physiological monitor incorporating a prbcessor of the present invention and an adaptive noise canceler. Such areas include a digit such as a finger, but are not limited to a finger.
One skilled in the art will realize that many different types of physiological monitors may employ a signal processor of the present invention in conjunction with an adaptive noise canceler. Other types of physiological monitors include, but are in not limited to, electron cardiographs, blood pressure monitors, blood gas saturation (other than oxygen saturation) monitors, capnographs, heart rate monitors, respiration monitors, or depth of anesthesia monitors. Additionally, monitors which measure the pressure and quantity of a substance within the body such as a breathalizer, a drug monitor, a cholesterol monitor, a glucose monitor, a carbon dioxide monitor, a glucose monitor, or a carbon monoxide monitor may also employ the above described techniques for removal of undesired signal portions.
Furthermore, one skilled in the art will realize that the above described techniques of noise removal from a composite signal including noise components can also be performed on signals made up of reflected energy, rather than transmitted energy. One skilled in the art will also realize that a desired portion of a measured signal of any type of energy, including but not limited to sound energy, X-ray energy, gamma ray energy, or light energy can be estimated by the noise removal techniques described above.
Thus, one skilled in the art will realize that the processor of the present invention and an adaptive noise canceler can be applied in such monitors as those using ultrasound where a signal is transmitted through a portion of the body and reflected back from within the body back through this portion of the body. Additionally, monitors such as echo cardiographs may also utilize the techniques of the present invention since they too rely on transmission and reflection.
While the present invention has been described in terms of a physiological monitor, one skilled in the art will realize that the signal processing techniques of the present invention can be applied in many areas, including '~'~ 92/15955 but not limited to the processing of a physiological signal. The present invention may be applied in any situation where a .. anal processor comprising a detector receives a first signal which includes a first desired signal portion and a first undesired signal portion and a second signal which includes a second desired signal portion and a second undesired signal portion. The first and second signals propagate through a common medium and the first and second desired signal portions are correlated with one another. Additionally, at least a portion of the first and second undesired signal portions are correlated with one another due to a perturbation of the medium while the first and second signals are propagating through the medium. The processor receives the first and second signals and combines the first and second signals to generate a noise reference signal in which the primary component is derived from the first and second undesired signal portions. Thus, the signal processor of the present invention is readily applicable to numerous signal processing areas. What is claimed is:
Claims (40)
1. A signal processor comprising:
a detector for receiving a first signal which travels along a first propagation path and a second signal which travels along a second propagation path, a portion of said first and second propagation paths being located in a propagation medium, wherein said first signal has a first desired signal portion and a first undesired signal portion and said second signal has a second desired signal portion and a second undesired signal portion, wherein said first and second undesired signal portions are a result of a perturbation of said propagation medium; and a reference processor having an input for receiving said first and second signals wherein said processor is adapted to combine said first and second signals to generate a reference signal having a primary component which is a function of said first and said second undesired signal portions.
a detector for receiving a first signal which travels along a first propagation path and a second signal which travels along a second propagation path, a portion of said first and second propagation paths being located in a propagation medium, wherein said first signal has a first desired signal portion and a first undesired signal portion and said second signal has a second desired signal portion and a second undesired signal portion, wherein said first and second undesired signal portions are a result of a perturbation of said propagation medium; and a reference processor having an input for receiving said first and second signals wherein said processor is adapted to combine said first and second signals to generate a reference signal having a primary component which is a function of said first and said second undesired signal portions.
2. The signal processor of Claim 1 further comprising an adaptive signal processor for receiving said reference signal and said first signal and for deriving therefrom an output signal having a primary component which is a function of said first desired signal portion of said first signal.
3. The signal processor of Claim 1 further comprising an adaptive signal processor for receiving said reference signal and said second signal and for deriving therefrom an output signal having a primary component which is a function of said second desired signal portion of said second signal.
4. The signal processor of Claim 2 wherein said adaptive signal processor comprises an adaptive noise canceler.
5. The signal processor of Claim 4 wherein said adaptive noise canceler comprises a joint process estimator.
6. The signal processor of Claim 5 wherein said joint process estimator comprises a least-squares-lattice predictor and a regression filter.
7. The signal processor of Claim 1 wherein said detector further comprises a sensor for sensing a physiological function.
8. The signal processor of Claim 7 wherein said sensor comprises a light sensitive device.
9. The signal processor of Claim 7 further comprising a pulse oximeter for measuring oxygen saturation in a living organism.
10. A physiological monitoring apparatus comprising:
a detector for receiving a first physiological measurement signal which travels along a first propagation path and a second physiological measurement signal which travels along a second propagation path, a portion of said first and second propagation paths being located in a propagation medium, wherein said first signal has a first desired signal portion and a first undesired signal portion and said second signal has a second desired signal portion and a second undesired signal portion; and a reference processor having an input for receiving said first and second signals wherein said processor is adapted to combine said first and second signals to generate a reference signal having a primary component which is a function of said first and said second undesired signal portions.
a detector for receiving a first physiological measurement signal which travels along a first propagation path and a second physiological measurement signal which travels along a second propagation path, a portion of said first and second propagation paths being located in a propagation medium, wherein said first signal has a first desired signal portion and a first undesired signal portion and said second signal has a second desired signal portion and a second undesired signal portion; and a reference processor having an input for receiving said first and second signals wherein said processor is adapted to combine said first and second signals to generate a reference signal having a primary component which is a function of said first and said second undesired signal portions.
11. The apparatus of Claim 10 further comprising an adaptive signal processor for receiving said reference signal and said first signal and for deriving therefrom an output signal having a primary component which is a function of said first desired signal portion of said first signal.
12. The apparatus of Claim 10 further comprising an adaptive signal processor for receiving said reference signal and said second signal and for deriving therefrom an output signal having a primary component which is a function of said second desired signal portion of said second signal.
13. The apparatus of Claim 11 wherein said adaptive signal processor comprises an adaptive noise canceler.
14. The apparatus of Claim 13 wherein said adaptive noise canceler comprises a joint process estimator.
15. The apparatus of Claim 14 wherein said joint process estimator comprises a least-squares-lattice predictor and a regression filter.
16. The apparatus of Claim 10 wherein said detector further comprises a light sensitive device.
17. The apparatus of Claim 10 further comprising a pulse oximeter.
18. An apparatus for measuring a blood constituent comprising:
an energy source for directing a plurality of predetermined wavelengths of electromagnetic energy upon a specimen:
a detector for receiving said plurality of predetermined wavelengths of electromagnetic energy from said specimen and producing electrical signals corresponding to said predetermined wavelengths in response thereto, wherein at least two of said electrical signals each has a desired signal portion and an undesired signal portion; and a reference processor having an input for receiving said electrical signals wherein said processor is configured to combine said electrical signals to generate a reference signal having a primary component which is derived from said undesired signal portions.
an energy source for directing a plurality of predetermined wavelengths of electromagnetic energy upon a specimen:
a detector for receiving said plurality of predetermined wavelengths of electromagnetic energy from said specimen and producing electrical signals corresponding to said predetermined wavelengths in response thereto, wherein at least two of said electrical signals each has a desired signal portion and an undesired signal portion; and a reference processor having an input for receiving said electrical signals wherein said processor is configured to combine said electrical signals to generate a reference signal having a primary component which is derived from said undesired signal portions.
19. The apparatus of Claim 18 further comprising an adaptive signal processor for receiving said reference signal and one of said at least two said electrical signals and for deriving therefrom an output signal having a primary component which is a function of said desired signal portion of said electrical signal.
20. The apparatus of Claim 19, wherein said adaptive signal processor comprises an adaptive noise canceler.
21. The apparatus of Claim 20, wherein said adaptive noise canceler comprises a joint process estimator.
22. The apparatus of Claim 21 wherein said joint process estimator comprises a least-squares-lattice predictor and a regression filter.
23. A blood gas monitor for non-invasively measuring a blood constituent in a body comprising:
a light source for directing at least two predetermined wavelengths of light upon a body;
a detector for receiving said light from said body and, in response thereto, producing at least two electrical signals corresponding to said at least two predetermined wavelengths of light, wherein said at least two electrical signals each has a desired signal portion and an undesired signal portion: and a reference processor having an input for receiving said at least two electrical signals wherein said processor is adapted to combine said at least two electrical signals to generate a reference signal with a primary component which is derived from said undesired signal portions.
a light source for directing at least two predetermined wavelengths of light upon a body;
a detector for receiving said light from said body and, in response thereto, producing at least two electrical signals corresponding to said at least two predetermined wavelengths of light, wherein said at least two electrical signals each has a desired signal portion and an undesired signal portion: and a reference processor having an input for receiving said at least two electrical signals wherein said processor is adapted to combine said at least two electrical signals to generate a reference signal with a primary component which is derived from said undesired signal portions.
24. The blood gas monitor of Claim 23 further comprising an adaptive signal processor for receiving said reference signal and said two electrical signals and for deriving therefrom at least two output signals which are substantially equal, respectively, to said desired signal portions of said electrical signals.
25. The blood gas monitor of Claim 24 wherein said adaptive signal processor comprises an adaptive noise canceler.
26. The blood gas monitor of Claim 25, wherein said adaptive noise canceler comprises a joint process estimator.
27. The blood gas monitor of Claim 26, wherein said joint process estimator comprises a least-squares-lattice predictor and a regression filter.
28. A method of determining a noise reference signal from a first signal comprising a first desired signal portion and a first noise portion and a second signal comprising a second desired signal portion and a second noise portion comprising the steps of:
selecting a signal coefficient which is proportional to a ratio of predetermined attributes of said first desired signal portion and predetermined attributes of said second desired signal portion;
inputting said first signal and said signal coefficient into a signal multiplier wherein said first signal is multiplied by said signal coefficient thereby generating a first intermediate signal; and inputting said second signal and said first intermediate signal into a signal subtractor wherein said first intermediate signal is subtracted from said second signal thereby generating a noise reference signal having a primary component which is derived from said first and second noise signal portions.
selecting a signal coefficient which is proportional to a ratio of predetermined attributes of said first desired signal portion and predetermined attributes of said second desired signal portion;
inputting said first signal and said signal coefficient into a signal multiplier wherein said first signal is multiplied by said signal coefficient thereby generating a first intermediate signal; and inputting said second signal and said first intermediate signal into a signal subtractor wherein said first intermediate signal is subtracted from said second signal thereby generating a noise reference signal having a primary component which is derived from said first and second noise signal portions.
29. The method of Claim 28 wherein said first and second signals are derived from light energy transmitted through an absorbing medium.
30. A physiological monitoring apparatus comprising:
means for acquiring a first signal comprising a first desired signal portion and a first undesired signal portion and a second signal comprising a second desired signal portion and a second undesired signal portion:
means for determining from said first and second signals a noise reference signal: and an adaptive noise canceler having a noise reference input for receiving said noise reference signal and a signal input for receiving said first signal wherein said adaptive noise canceler, in real or near real time, generates an output signal which approximates said first desired signal portion.
means for acquiring a first signal comprising a first desired signal portion and a first undesired signal portion and a second signal comprising a second desired signal portion and a second undesired signal portion:
means for determining from said first and second signals a noise reference signal: and an adaptive noise canceler having a noise reference input for receiving said noise reference signal and a signal input for receiving said first signal wherein said adaptive noise canceler, in real or near real time, generates an output signal which approximates said first desired signal portion.
31. The physiological monitoring apparatus as defined in Claim 30 wherein said adaptive noise canceler further comprises a joint process estimator.
32. The physiological monitoring apparatus as defined in Claim 31 wherein said joint process estimator further comprises a least-squares lattice predictor in conjunction with a regression filter.
33. An apparatus for processing an amplitude modulated signal having a signal amplitude complicating feature comprising:
an energy source for directing electromagnetic energy upon a specimen:
a detector for acquiring a first amplitude modulated signal and a second amplitude modulated signal, wherein each of said first and second signals has a component containing information about the attenuation of electromagnetic energy by the specimen and a signal amplitude complicating feature:
a reference processor for receiving said first and second amplitude modulated signals and deriving therefrom a noise reference signal which is correlated with the signal amplitude complicating feature; and an adaptive noise canceler having a signal input for receiving said first amplitude modulated signal, a noise reference input for receiving said noise reference signal, wherein said adaptive noise canceler produces an output signal having a primary component which is derived from said component containing information about the attenuation of electromagnetic energy by the specimen.
an energy source for directing electromagnetic energy upon a specimen:
a detector for acquiring a first amplitude modulated signal and a second amplitude modulated signal, wherein each of said first and second signals has a component containing information about the attenuation of electromagnetic energy by the specimen and a signal amplitude complicating feature:
a reference processor for receiving said first and second amplitude modulated signals and deriving therefrom a noise reference signal which is correlated with the signal amplitude complicating feature; and an adaptive noise canceler having a signal input for receiving said first amplitude modulated signal, a noise reference input for receiving said noise reference signal, wherein said adaptive noise canceler produces an output signal having a primary component which is derived from said component containing information about the attenuation of electromagnetic energy by the specimen.
34. The apparatus as defined in Claim 33 wherein said adaptive noise canceler further comprises a joint process estimator.
35. The apparatus as defined in Claim 34 wherein said joint process estimator further comprises a least-squares lattice predictor in conjunction with a regression filter.
36. An apparatus for extracting a plethysmographic waveform from an amplitude modulated signal having a signal amplitude complicating feature comprising:
a light source for transmitting light into an organism;
a detector for monitoring light from said organism to produce a first light attenuation signal and a second light attenuation signal, wherein each of said first and second light attenuation signals has a component which is representative of a plethysmographic waveform and a component which is representative of the signal amplitude complicating feature;
a reference processor for receiving said first and second light attenuation signals and deriving therefrom a noise reference signal, wherein said noise reference signal and said signal amplitude complicating feature each has a frequency spectrum, said frequency spectrum of said noise reference signal being correlated with the frequency spectrum of said signal amplitude complicating feature;
and an adaptive noise canceler having a signal input for receiving said first attenuation signal, a noise reference input for receiving said noise reference signal, wherein said adaptive noise canceler produces an output signal having a primary component which is derived from said component which is representative of a plethysmographic waveform.
a light source for transmitting light into an organism;
a detector for monitoring light from said organism to produce a first light attenuation signal and a second light attenuation signal, wherein each of said first and second light attenuation signals has a component which is representative of a plethysmographic waveform and a component which is representative of the signal amplitude complicating feature;
a reference processor for receiving said first and second light attenuation signals and deriving therefrom a noise reference signal, wherein said noise reference signal and said signal amplitude complicating feature each has a frequency spectrum, said frequency spectrum of said noise reference signal being correlated with the frequency spectrum of said signal amplitude complicating feature;
and an adaptive noise canceler having a signal input for receiving said first attenuation signal, a noise reference input for receiving said noise reference signal, wherein said adaptive noise canceler produces an output signal having a primary component which is derived from said component which is representative of a plethysmographic waveform.
37. The apparatus as defined in Claim 36 wherein said adaptive noise canceler further comprises a joint process estimator.
38. The apparatus as defined in Claim 37 wherein said joint process estimator further comprises a least-squares lattice predictor in conjunction with a regression filter.
39. A method of removing a motion artifact signal from a signal derived from a physiological measurement comprising the steps of:
acquiring a first signal having a physiological measurement component and a motion artifact component and a second signal having a physiological measurement component and a motion artifact component; and deriving from said first and second signals a motion artifact noise reference signal which is a primary function of said first and second signals motion artifact components.
acquiring a first signal having a physiological measurement component and a motion artifact component and a second signal having a physiological measurement component and a motion artifact component; and deriving from said first and second signals a motion artifact noise reference signal which is a primary function of said first and second signals motion artifact components.
40. A method as defined in Claim 39 further comprising the step of inputting said motion artifact noise reference signal into an adaptive noise canceler to produce an output signal which is a primary function of said first signal physiological measurement component.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US66606091A | 1991-03-07 | 1991-03-07 | |
US666,060 | 1991-03-07 | ||
PCT/US1992/001895 WO1992015955A1 (en) | 1991-03-07 | 1992-03-05 | Signal processing apparatus and method |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2105682A1 CA2105682A1 (en) | 1992-09-08 |
CA2105682C true CA2105682C (en) | 2003-09-02 |
Family
ID=24672658
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002105682A Expired - Lifetime CA2105682C (en) | 1991-03-07 | 1992-03-05 | Signal processing apparatus and method |
Country Status (9)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (8) | US5482036A (en) |
EP (3) | EP1357481A3 (en) |
JP (1) | JP3363150B2 (en) |
AT (1) | ATE184716T1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU658177B2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2105682C (en) |
DE (1) | DE69229994T2 (en) |
RU (1) | RU2144211C1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO1992015955A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (817)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP1357481A3 (en) | 1991-03-07 | 2005-04-27 | Masimo Corporation | Signal processing apparatus and method |
MX9702434A (en) | 1991-03-07 | 1998-05-31 | Masimo Corp | Signal processing apparatus. |
US5632272A (en) * | 1991-03-07 | 1997-05-27 | Masimo Corporation | Signal processing apparatus |
US5490505A (en) | 1991-03-07 | 1996-02-13 | Masimo Corporation | Signal processing apparatus |
US5638818A (en) | 1991-03-21 | 1997-06-17 | Masimo Corporation | Low noise optical probe |
US5995855A (en) | 1998-02-11 | 1999-11-30 | Masimo Corporation | Pulse oximetry sensor adapter |
US6987994B1 (en) * | 1991-09-03 | 2006-01-17 | Datex-Ohmeda, Inc. | Pulse oximetry SpO2 determination |
US7758503B2 (en) * | 1997-01-27 | 2010-07-20 | Lynn Lawrence A | Microprocessor system for the analysis of physiologic and financial datasets |
US7376453B1 (en) | 1993-10-06 | 2008-05-20 | Masimo Corporation | Signal processing apparatus |
US5421329A (en) * | 1994-04-01 | 1995-06-06 | Nellcor, Inc. | Pulse oximeter sensor optimized for low saturation |
US6662033B2 (en) | 1994-04-01 | 2003-12-09 | Nellcor Incorporated | Pulse oximeter and sensor optimized for low saturation |
US6371921B1 (en) * | 1994-04-15 | 2002-04-16 | Masimo Corporation | System and method of determining whether to recalibrate a blood pressure monitor |
US8019400B2 (en) | 1994-10-07 | 2011-09-13 | Masimo Corporation | Signal processing apparatus |
AU760205B2 (en) * | 1994-10-07 | 2003-05-08 | Masimo Corporation | Physiological monitor and method of minimizing noise |
EP1905352B1 (en) * | 1994-10-07 | 2014-07-16 | Masimo Corporation | Signal processing method |
AU725063B2 (en) * | 1994-10-07 | 2000-10-05 | Masimo Corporation | Physiological monitor and method of minimizing noise |
US5662105A (en) * | 1995-05-17 | 1997-09-02 | Spacelabs Medical, Inc. | System and method for the extractment of physiological signals |
EP0744154A1 (en) * | 1995-05-17 | 1996-11-27 | Spacelabs Medical, Inc. | System and method for the algebraic derivation of physiological signals |
US5758644A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1998-06-02 | Masimo Corporation | Manual and automatic probe calibration |
US6517283B2 (en) | 2001-01-16 | 2003-02-11 | Donald Edward Coffey | Cascading chute drainage system |
US6931268B1 (en) | 1995-06-07 | 2005-08-16 | Masimo Laboratories, Inc. | Active pulse blood constituent monitoring |
US5645060A (en) * | 1995-06-14 | 1997-07-08 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Incorporated | Method and apparatus for removing artifact and noise from pulse oximetry |
US5853364A (en) | 1995-08-07 | 1998-12-29 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett, Inc. | Method and apparatus for estimating physiological parameters using model-based adaptive filtering |
US5588427A (en) * | 1995-11-20 | 1996-12-31 | Spacelabs Medical, Inc. | Enhancement of physiological signals using fractal analysis |
US5692505A (en) * | 1996-04-25 | 1997-12-02 | Fouts; James Michael | Data processing systems and methods for pulse oximeters |
US6027452A (en) * | 1996-06-26 | 2000-02-22 | Vital Insite, Inc. | Rapid non-invasive blood pressure measuring device |
US6018673A (en) | 1996-10-10 | 2000-01-25 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Incorporated | Motion compatible sensor for non-invasive optical blood analysis |
US5893102A (en) * | 1996-12-06 | 1999-04-06 | Unisys Corporation | Textual database management, storage and retrieval system utilizing word-oriented, dictionary-based data compression/decompression |
US6050950A (en) | 1996-12-18 | 2000-04-18 | Aurora Holdings, Llc | Passive/non-invasive systemic and pulmonary blood pressure measurement |
US8932227B2 (en) | 2000-07-28 | 2015-01-13 | Lawrence A. Lynn | System and method for CO2 and oximetry integration |
US9042952B2 (en) | 1997-01-27 | 2015-05-26 | Lawrence A. Lynn | System and method for automatic detection of a plurality of SPO2 time series pattern types |
US20060161071A1 (en) | 1997-01-27 | 2006-07-20 | Lynn Lawrence A | Time series objectification system and method |
WO1998042251A1 (en) * | 1997-03-21 | 1998-10-01 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Inc. | Method and apparatus for harmonically filtering data |
US6229856B1 (en) | 1997-04-14 | 2001-05-08 | Masimo Corporation | Method and apparatus for demodulating signals in a pulse oximetry system |
US6002952A (en) * | 1997-04-14 | 1999-12-14 | Masimo Corporation | Signal processing apparatus and method |
US5873836A (en) * | 1997-07-09 | 1999-02-23 | Bp Sure, Llc | Blood pressure monitoring with improved noise rejection |
US9521971B2 (en) | 1997-07-14 | 2016-12-20 | Lawrence A. Lynn | System and method for automatic detection of a plurality of SPO2 time series pattern types |
US20070191697A1 (en) | 2006-02-10 | 2007-08-16 | Lynn Lawrence A | System and method for SPO2 instability detection and quantification |
US5971930A (en) * | 1997-10-17 | 1999-10-26 | Siemens Medical Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for removing artifact from physiological signals |
US6525386B1 (en) | 1998-03-10 | 2003-02-25 | Masimo Corporation | Non-protruding optoelectronic lens |
US6094592A (en) * | 1998-05-26 | 2000-07-25 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for estimating a physiological parameter using transforms |
EP2319398B1 (en) * | 1998-06-03 | 2019-01-16 | Masimo Corporation | Stereo pulse oximeter |
US7400918B2 (en) * | 1998-07-04 | 2008-07-15 | Edwards Lifesciences | Measurement of blood oxygen saturation |
US6842635B1 (en) | 1998-08-13 | 2005-01-11 | Edwards Lifesciences Llc | Optical device |
WO2000001294A1 (en) * | 1998-07-04 | 2000-01-13 | Whitland Research Limited | Non-invasive measurement of blood analytes |
US7548787B2 (en) | 2005-08-03 | 2009-06-16 | Kamilo Feher | Medical diagnostic and communication system |
USRE41912E1 (en) | 1998-10-15 | 2010-11-02 | Masimo Corporation | Reusable pulse oximeter probe and disposable bandage apparatus |
US6721585B1 (en) | 1998-10-15 | 2004-04-13 | Sensidyne, Inc. | Universal modular pulse oximeter probe for use with reusable and disposable patient attachment devices |
US7245953B1 (en) | 1999-04-12 | 2007-07-17 | Masimo Corporation | Reusable pulse oximeter probe and disposable bandage apparatii |
US6519486B1 (en) | 1998-10-15 | 2003-02-11 | Ntc Technology Inc. | Method, apparatus and system for removing motion artifacts from measurements of bodily parameters |
US6393311B1 (en) | 1998-10-15 | 2002-05-21 | Ntc Technology Inc. | Method, apparatus and system for removing motion artifacts from measurements of bodily parameters |
US7991448B2 (en) * | 1998-10-15 | 2011-08-02 | Philips Electronics North America Corporation | Method, apparatus, and system for removing motion artifacts from measurements of bodily parameters |
EP2085028A1 (en) * | 1998-11-09 | 2009-08-05 | Xinde Li | Processing low signal-to-noise ratio signals |
US6463311B1 (en) | 1998-12-30 | 2002-10-08 | Masimo Corporation | Plethysmograph pulse recognition processor |
US6684090B2 (en) * | 1999-01-07 | 2004-01-27 | Masimo Corporation | Pulse oximetry data confidence indicator |
US20020140675A1 (en) | 1999-01-25 | 2002-10-03 | Ali Ammar Al | System and method for altering a display mode based on a gravity-responsive sensor |
US6770028B1 (en) | 1999-01-25 | 2004-08-03 | Masimo Corporation | Dual-mode pulse oximeter |
US6360114B1 (en) | 1999-03-25 | 2002-03-19 | Masimo Corporation | Pulse oximeter probe-off detector |
US6675031B1 (en) * | 1999-04-14 | 2004-01-06 | Mallinckrodt Inc. | Method and circuit for indicating quality and accuracy of physiological measurements |
US7260369B2 (en) | 2005-08-03 | 2007-08-21 | Kamilo Feher | Location finder, tracker, communication and remote control system |
US9307407B1 (en) | 1999-08-09 | 2016-04-05 | Kamilo Feher | DNA and fingerprint authentication of mobile devices |
US9813270B2 (en) | 1999-08-09 | 2017-11-07 | Kamilo Feher | Heart rate sensor and medical diagnostics wireless devices |
US9373251B2 (en) | 1999-08-09 | 2016-06-21 | Kamilo Feher | Base station devices and automobile wireless communication systems |
US6515273B2 (en) * | 1999-08-26 | 2003-02-04 | Masimo Corporation | System for indicating the expiration of the useful operating life of a pulse oximetry sensor |
GB9923069D0 (en) * | 1999-09-29 | 1999-12-01 | Nokia Telecommunications Oy | Estimating an indicator for a communication path |
US6950687B2 (en) | 1999-12-09 | 2005-09-27 | Masimo Corporation | Isolation and communication element for a resposable pulse oximetry sensor |
US6377829B1 (en) * | 1999-12-09 | 2002-04-23 | Masimo Corporation | Resposable pulse oximetry sensor |
US6574491B2 (en) | 2000-02-10 | 2003-06-03 | Siemens Medical Systems Inc. | Method and apparatus for detecting a physiological parameter |
JP2001257565A (en) * | 2000-03-10 | 2001-09-21 | Fujitsu Ltd | Method and device for updating reflection coefficient of lattice type filter |
JP4441974B2 (en) * | 2000-03-24 | 2010-03-31 | ソニー株式会社 | Manufacturing method of semiconductor device |
US8224412B2 (en) | 2000-04-17 | 2012-07-17 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Pulse oximeter sensor with piece-wise function |
CA2405825C (en) | 2000-04-17 | 2010-11-09 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Incorporated | Pulse oximeter sensor with piece-wise function |
US6430525B1 (en) | 2000-06-05 | 2002-08-06 | Masimo Corporation | Variable mode averager |
US6697656B1 (en) | 2000-06-27 | 2004-02-24 | Masimo Corporation | Pulse oximetry sensor compatible with multiple pulse oximetry systems |
US6889153B2 (en) * | 2001-08-09 | 2005-05-03 | Thomas Dietiker | System and method for a self-calibrating non-invasive sensor |
US7286871B2 (en) * | 2000-08-15 | 2007-10-23 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Method and apparatus for reducing contamination of an electrical signal |
US6640116B2 (en) * | 2000-08-18 | 2003-10-28 | Masimo Corporation | Optical spectroscopy pathlength measurement system |
DE60139128D1 (en) | 2000-08-18 | 2009-08-13 | Masimo Corp | PULSE OXIMETER WITH TWO OPERATING MODES |
WO2002024065A1 (en) * | 2000-09-22 | 2002-03-28 | Knobbe, Lim & Buckingham | Method and apparatus for real-time estimation and control of pysiological parameters |
US6505060B1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2003-01-07 | Datex-Ohmeda, Inc. | Method and apparatus for determining pulse oximetry differential values |
US6434408B1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2002-08-13 | Datex-Ohmeda, Inc. | Pulse oximetry method and system with improved motion correction |
IL138884A (en) | 2000-10-05 | 2006-07-05 | Conmed Corp | Pulse oximeter and a method of its operation |
WO2002043404A2 (en) | 2000-11-22 | 2002-05-30 | Leap Wireless International, Inc. | Method and system for providing interactive services over a wireless communications network |
US20020093908A1 (en) * | 2000-11-24 | 2002-07-18 | Esion Networks Inc. | Noise/interference suppression system |
US9053222B2 (en) | 2002-05-17 | 2015-06-09 | Lawrence A. Lynn | Patient safety processor |
US20060195041A1 (en) * | 2002-05-17 | 2006-08-31 | Lynn Lawrence A | Centralized hospital monitoring system for automatically detecting upper airway instability and for preventing and aborting adverse drug reactions |
JP2004532526A (en) * | 2001-05-03 | 2004-10-21 | マシモ・コーポレイション | Flex circuit shield optical sensor and method of manufacturing the flex circuit shield optical sensor |
US6888633B2 (en) * | 2001-05-16 | 2005-05-03 | X-Rite, Incorporated | Color measurement instrument with modulated illumination |
US20070093721A1 (en) * | 2001-05-17 | 2007-04-26 | Lynn Lawrence A | Microprocessor system for the analysis of physiologic and financial datasets |
US6850787B2 (en) * | 2001-06-29 | 2005-02-01 | Masimo Laboratories, Inc. | Signal component processor |
US6697658B2 (en) | 2001-07-02 | 2004-02-24 | Masimo Corporation | Low power pulse oximeter |
US6683552B2 (en) * | 2001-07-17 | 2004-01-27 | Honeywell International, Inc. | Dual analog-to-digital converter system for increased dynamic range |
US6754516B2 (en) * | 2001-07-19 | 2004-06-22 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Incorporated | Nuisance alarm reductions in a physiological monitor |
IL145445A (en) * | 2001-09-13 | 2006-12-31 | Conmed Corp | Signal processing method and device for signal-to-noise improvement |
US7628760B2 (en) * | 2007-02-28 | 2009-12-08 | Semler Scientific, Inc. | Circulation monitoring system and method |
US6564077B2 (en) | 2001-10-10 | 2003-05-13 | Mortara Instrument, Inc. | Method and apparatus for pulse oximetry |
US6748254B2 (en) * | 2001-10-12 | 2004-06-08 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Incorporated | Stacked adhesive optical sensor |
US20030212312A1 (en) * | 2002-01-07 | 2003-11-13 | Coffin James P. | Low noise patient cable |
US6934570B2 (en) * | 2002-01-08 | 2005-08-23 | Masimo Corporation | Physiological sensor combination |
US7355512B1 (en) * | 2002-01-24 | 2008-04-08 | Masimo Corporation | Parallel alarm processor |
US6822564B2 (en) * | 2002-01-24 | 2004-11-23 | Masimo Corporation | Parallel measurement alarm processor |
WO2003065557A2 (en) * | 2002-01-25 | 2003-08-07 | Masimo Corporation | Power supply rail controller |
US7020507B2 (en) * | 2002-01-31 | 2006-03-28 | Dolphin Medical, Inc. | Separating motion from cardiac signals using second order derivative of the photo-plethysmogram and fast fourier transforms |
US6702752B2 (en) | 2002-02-22 | 2004-03-09 | Datex-Ohmeda, Inc. | Monitoring respiration based on plethysmographic heart rate signal |
US6805673B2 (en) | 2002-02-22 | 2004-10-19 | Datex-Ohmeda, Inc. | Monitoring mayer wave effects based on a photoplethysmographic signal |
US6896661B2 (en) * | 2002-02-22 | 2005-05-24 | Datex-Ohmeda, Inc. | Monitoring physiological parameters based on variations in a photoplethysmographic baseline signal |
WO2003071938A1 (en) * | 2002-02-22 | 2003-09-04 | Datex-Ohmeda, Inc. | Monitoring physiological parameters based on variations in a photoplethysmographic signal |
US6709402B2 (en) | 2002-02-22 | 2004-03-23 | Datex-Ohmeda, Inc. | Apparatus and method for monitoring respiration with a pulse oximeter |
US6961598B2 (en) * | 2002-02-22 | 2005-11-01 | Masimo Corporation | Pulse and active pulse spectraphotometry |
US7509494B2 (en) * | 2002-03-01 | 2009-03-24 | Masimo Corporation | Interface cable |
KR100455289B1 (en) | 2002-03-16 | 2004-11-08 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method of diagnosing using a ray and apparatus thereof |
US6850788B2 (en) | 2002-03-25 | 2005-02-01 | Masimo Corporation | Physiological measurement communications adapter |
US20080200775A1 (en) * | 2007-02-20 | 2008-08-21 | Lynn Lawrence A | Maneuver-based plethysmographic pulse variation detection system and method |
EP1549208B1 (en) * | 2002-07-26 | 2010-12-08 | OBI APS, c/o Per Thorgaard | Method for converting venous blood values to arterial blood values, system for utilising said method |
US7096054B2 (en) * | 2002-08-01 | 2006-08-22 | Masimo Corporation | Low noise optical housing |
US7142901B2 (en) * | 2002-09-25 | 2006-11-28 | Masimo Corporation | Parameter compensated physiological monitor |
US7274955B2 (en) * | 2002-09-25 | 2007-09-25 | Masimo Corporation | Parameter compensated pulse oximeter |
US7096052B2 (en) * | 2002-10-04 | 2006-08-22 | Masimo Corporation | Optical probe including predetermined emission wavelength based on patient type |
AU2003263554A1 (en) * | 2002-10-15 | 2004-05-04 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Method for the presentation of information concerning variations of the perfusion |
US7190986B1 (en) | 2002-10-18 | 2007-03-13 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Inc. | Non-adhesive oximeter sensor for sensitive skin |
US6948761B2 (en) * | 2002-11-01 | 2005-09-27 | The Colonel's International, Inc. | Tonneau cover apparatus |
US20060149139A1 (en) * | 2002-11-21 | 2006-07-06 | Giorgio Bonmassar | Apparatus and method for ascertaining and recording electrophysiological signals |
US7027849B2 (en) * | 2002-11-22 | 2006-04-11 | Masimo Laboratories, Inc. | Blood parameter measurement system |
US6970792B1 (en) * | 2002-12-04 | 2005-11-29 | Masimo Laboratories, Inc. | Systems and methods for determining blood oxygen saturation values using complex number encoding |
US7919713B2 (en) * | 2007-04-16 | 2011-04-05 | Masimo Corporation | Low noise oximetry cable including conductive cords |
US6954663B2 (en) * | 2003-01-07 | 2005-10-11 | Art Advanced Research Technologies Inc. | Continuous wave optical imaging assuming a scatter-law |
US7006856B2 (en) * | 2003-01-10 | 2006-02-28 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Incorporated | Signal quality metrics design for qualifying data for a physiological monitor |
US7016715B2 (en) * | 2003-01-13 | 2006-03-21 | Nellcorpuritan Bennett Incorporated | Selection of preset filter parameters based on signal quality |
US7225006B2 (en) | 2003-01-23 | 2007-05-29 | Masimo Corporation | Attachment and optical probe |
US6920345B2 (en) | 2003-01-24 | 2005-07-19 | Masimo Corporation | Optical sensor including disposable and reusable elements |
US8255029B2 (en) | 2003-02-27 | 2012-08-28 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Method of analyzing and processing signals |
WO2004080300A1 (en) * | 2003-03-12 | 2004-09-23 | Yale University | Method of assesing blood volume using photoelectric plethysmography |
US20050055276A1 (en) * | 2003-06-26 | 2005-03-10 | Kiani Massi E. | Sensor incentive method |
US7025728B2 (en) | 2003-06-30 | 2006-04-11 | Nihon Kohden Corporation | Method for reducing noise, and pulse photometer using the method |
US7455643B1 (en) | 2003-07-07 | 2008-11-25 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Continuous non-invasive blood pressure measurement apparatus and methods providing automatic recalibration |
US7003338B2 (en) | 2003-07-08 | 2006-02-21 | Masimo Corporation | Method and apparatus for reducing coupling between signals |
US7500950B2 (en) | 2003-07-25 | 2009-03-10 | Masimo Corporation | Multipurpose sensor port |
US7254431B2 (en) * | 2003-08-28 | 2007-08-07 | Masimo Corporation | Physiological parameter tracking system |
US7254434B2 (en) * | 2003-10-14 | 2007-08-07 | Masimo Corporation | Variable pressure reusable sensor |
US7483729B2 (en) | 2003-11-05 | 2009-01-27 | Masimo Corporation | Pulse oximeter access apparatus and method |
US7373193B2 (en) * | 2003-11-07 | 2008-05-13 | Masimo Corporation | Pulse oximetry data capture system |
US7242775B2 (en) * | 2003-11-12 | 2007-07-10 | Magiq Technologies, Inc. | Optical pulse calibration for quantum key distribution |
US6968032B2 (en) * | 2003-12-18 | 2005-11-22 | Ge Medical Systems Global Technologies Company, Llc | Systems and methods for filtering images |
US7280858B2 (en) * | 2004-01-05 | 2007-10-09 | Masimo Corporation | Pulse oximetry sensor |
US7163040B2 (en) | 2004-01-13 | 2007-01-16 | Sanford L.P. | Correction tape applicator tip with cylindrical projection |
US7254425B2 (en) * | 2004-01-23 | 2007-08-07 | Abbott Laboratories | Method for detecting artifacts in data |
JP4643153B2 (en) * | 2004-02-06 | 2011-03-02 | 株式会社東芝 | Non-invasive biological information imaging device |
US7371981B2 (en) | 2004-02-20 | 2008-05-13 | Masimo Corporation | Connector switch |
US7162288B2 (en) * | 2004-02-25 | 2007-01-09 | Nellcor Purtain Bennett Incorporated | Techniques for detecting heart pulses and reducing power consumption in sensors |
US7120479B2 (en) * | 2004-02-25 | 2006-10-10 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Inc. | Switch-mode oximeter LED drive with a single inductor |
US7190985B2 (en) * | 2004-02-25 | 2007-03-13 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Inc. | Oximeter ambient light cancellation |
US7142142B2 (en) * | 2004-02-25 | 2006-11-28 | Nelicor Puritan Bennett, Inc. | Multi-bit ADC with sigma-delta modulation |
CA2556592C (en) * | 2004-02-26 | 2014-01-28 | Lars Gustaf Liljeryd | Metabolic monitoring, a method and apparatus for indicating a health-related condition of a subject |
US7438683B2 (en) | 2004-03-04 | 2008-10-21 | Masimo Corporation | Application identification sensor |
KR20060129507A (en) * | 2004-03-06 | 2006-12-15 | 카리스토 메디컬, 아이엔씨. | Methods and devices for non-invasively measuring quantitative information of substances in living organisms |
JP2007527776A (en) | 2004-03-08 | 2007-10-04 | マシモ・コーポレイション | Physiological parameter system |
US7194293B2 (en) * | 2004-03-08 | 2007-03-20 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Incorporated | Selection of ensemble averaging weights for a pulse oximeter based on signal quality metrics |
US7534212B2 (en) * | 2004-03-08 | 2009-05-19 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Pulse oximeter with alternate heart-rate determination |
US7277741B2 (en) | 2004-03-09 | 2007-10-02 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Incorporated | Pulse oximetry motion artifact rejection using near infrared absorption by water |
US20050234317A1 (en) * | 2004-03-19 | 2005-10-20 | Kiani Massi E | Low power and personal pulse oximetry systems |
US7758513B2 (en) * | 2004-03-27 | 2010-07-20 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for simultaneously measuring bio signals |
WO2005096922A1 (en) | 2004-03-31 | 2005-10-20 | Masimo Corporation | Physiological assessment system |
CA2464029A1 (en) * | 2004-04-08 | 2005-10-08 | Valery Telfort | Non-invasive ventilation monitor |
US7343186B2 (en) * | 2004-07-07 | 2008-03-11 | Masimo Laboratories, Inc. | Multi-wavelength physiological monitor |
US9341565B2 (en) * | 2004-07-07 | 2016-05-17 | Masimo Corporation | Multiple-wavelength physiological monitor |
US7937128B2 (en) * | 2004-07-09 | 2011-05-03 | Masimo Corporation | Cyanotic infant sensor |
US8036727B2 (en) | 2004-08-11 | 2011-10-11 | Glt Acquisition Corp. | Methods for noninvasively measuring analyte levels in a subject |
US7254429B2 (en) | 2004-08-11 | 2007-08-07 | Glucolight Corporation | Method and apparatus for monitoring glucose levels in a biological tissue |
US7976472B2 (en) | 2004-09-07 | 2011-07-12 | Masimo Corporation | Noninvasive hypovolemia monitor |
US20060073719A1 (en) * | 2004-09-29 | 2006-04-06 | Kiani Massi E | Multiple key position plug |
US20060111621A1 (en) * | 2004-11-03 | 2006-05-25 | Andreas Coppi | Musical personal trainer |
US20070048096A1 (en) * | 2004-12-07 | 2007-03-01 | Hubbs Jonathan W | Soil conditioner |
AU2006204886B2 (en) | 2005-01-13 | 2011-08-04 | Welch Allyn, Inc. | Vital signs monitor |
US20060189871A1 (en) * | 2005-02-18 | 2006-08-24 | Ammar Al-Ali | Portable patient monitor |
US8116839B1 (en) | 2005-02-25 | 2012-02-14 | General Electric Company | System for detecting potential probe malfunction conditions in a pulse oximeter |
US7269537B1 (en) | 2005-02-26 | 2007-09-11 | Duane Loren Mattern | Infrasound sensor with disturbance filtering |
EP1860993B1 (en) | 2005-03-01 | 2019-01-23 | Masimo Laboratories, Inc. | Noninvasive multi-parameter patient monitor |
US7392075B2 (en) | 2005-03-03 | 2008-06-24 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Incorporated | Method for enhancing pulse oximetry calculations in the presence of correlated artifacts |
US7937129B2 (en) * | 2005-03-21 | 2011-05-03 | Masimo Corporation | Variable aperture sensor |
EP1874178A4 (en) | 2005-04-13 | 2009-12-09 | Glucolight Corp | Method for data reduction and calibration of an oct-based blood glucose monitor |
US7403806B2 (en) | 2005-06-28 | 2008-07-22 | General Electric Company | System for prefiltering a plethysmographic signal |
US10009956B1 (en) | 2017-09-02 | 2018-06-26 | Kamilo Feher | OFDM, 3G and 4G cellular multimode systems and wireless mobile networks |
US7280810B2 (en) | 2005-08-03 | 2007-10-09 | Kamilo Feher | Multimode communication system |
US7657295B2 (en) * | 2005-08-08 | 2010-02-02 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Medical sensor and technique for using the same |
US7657294B2 (en) * | 2005-08-08 | 2010-02-02 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Compliant diaphragm medical sensor and technique for using the same |
US7590439B2 (en) * | 2005-08-08 | 2009-09-15 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Bi-stable medical sensor and technique for using the same |
US20070073116A1 (en) * | 2005-08-17 | 2007-03-29 | Kiani Massi E | Patient identification using physiological sensor |
US20070060808A1 (en) * | 2005-09-12 | 2007-03-15 | Carine Hoarau | Medical sensor for reducing motion artifacts and technique for using the same |
US7899510B2 (en) * | 2005-09-29 | 2011-03-01 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Medical sensor and technique for using the same |
US7869850B2 (en) | 2005-09-29 | 2011-01-11 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Medical sensor for reducing motion artifacts and technique for using the same |
US8092379B2 (en) * | 2005-09-29 | 2012-01-10 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Method and system for determining when to reposition a physiological sensor |
US7725146B2 (en) | 2005-09-29 | 2010-05-25 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | System and method for pre-processing waveforms |
US7904130B2 (en) * | 2005-09-29 | 2011-03-08 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Medical sensor and technique for using the same |
US7725147B2 (en) * | 2005-09-29 | 2010-05-25 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | System and method for removing artifacts from waveforms |
US8062221B2 (en) * | 2005-09-30 | 2011-11-22 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Sensor for tissue gas detection and technique for using the same |
US20070106126A1 (en) | 2005-09-30 | 2007-05-10 | Mannheimer Paul D | Patient monitoring alarm escalation system and method |
US7486979B2 (en) * | 2005-09-30 | 2009-02-03 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Optically aligned pulse oximetry sensor and technique for using the same |
US8233954B2 (en) * | 2005-09-30 | 2012-07-31 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Mucosal sensor for the assessment of tissue and blood constituents and technique for using the same |
US7483731B2 (en) | 2005-09-30 | 2009-01-27 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Medical sensor and technique for using the same |
US7555327B2 (en) * | 2005-09-30 | 2009-06-30 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Folding medical sensor and technique for using the same |
US7881762B2 (en) * | 2005-09-30 | 2011-02-01 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Clip-style medical sensor and technique for using the same |
US7962188B2 (en) | 2005-10-14 | 2011-06-14 | Masimo Corporation | Robust alarm system |
US7530942B1 (en) | 2005-10-18 | 2009-05-12 | Masimo Corporation | Remote sensing infant warmer |
CN100423688C (en) * | 2005-10-19 | 2008-10-08 | 深圳迈瑞生物医疗电子股份有限公司 | Method and apparatus for inhibiting power frequency common-mode interference |
US20070100220A1 (en) * | 2005-10-28 | 2007-05-03 | Baker Clark R Jr | Adjusting parameters used in pulse oximetry analysis |
US7879355B2 (en) * | 2005-11-08 | 2011-02-01 | Plensat Llc | Method and system for treatment of eating disorders |
US7215987B1 (en) * | 2005-11-08 | 2007-05-08 | Woolsthorpe Technologies | Method and apparatus for processing signals reflecting physiological characteristics |
US7184809B1 (en) | 2005-11-08 | 2007-02-27 | Woolsthorpe Technologies, Llc | Pulse amplitude indexing method and apparatus |
EP2374407B1 (en) * | 2005-11-29 | 2021-05-05 | Masimo Corporation | Optical sensor including disposable and reusable elements |
US20070180140A1 (en) * | 2005-12-03 | 2007-08-02 | Welch James P | Physiological alarm notification system |
US7990382B2 (en) * | 2006-01-03 | 2011-08-02 | Masimo Corporation | Virtual display |
US8182443B1 (en) | 2006-01-17 | 2012-05-22 | Masimo Corporation | Drug administration controller |
US7668579B2 (en) * | 2006-02-10 | 2010-02-23 | Lynn Lawrence A | System and method for the detection of physiologic response to stimulation |
DE102006022055A1 (en) * | 2006-02-20 | 2007-08-30 | Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. | Device for reducing noise component in time-discrete signal, has primary provisioning unit for provisioning time-discrete signal with noise component, where secondary provisioning device provisions primary time-discrete reference signal |
DE102006022120A1 (en) | 2006-02-20 | 2007-09-06 | Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. | Spread spectrum method for the determination of vital parameters |
DE102006022056A1 (en) * | 2006-02-20 | 2007-08-30 | Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. | Device for determining spectral ratio between two signals with two spectrums, which depends on biological size, has computer for computation of wave ratio between spectral value of former spectrum |
US20070208259A1 (en) * | 2006-03-06 | 2007-09-06 | Mannheimer Paul D | Patient monitoring alarm escalation system and method |
US20070244377A1 (en) * | 2006-03-14 | 2007-10-18 | Cozad Jenny L | Pulse oximeter sleeve |
US8219172B2 (en) * | 2006-03-17 | 2012-07-10 | Glt Acquisition Corp. | System and method for creating a stable optical interface |
US8702606B2 (en) * | 2006-03-21 | 2014-04-22 | Covidien Lp | Patient monitoring help video system and method |
US7522948B2 (en) * | 2006-05-02 | 2009-04-21 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Medical sensor and technique for using the same |
US8073518B2 (en) | 2006-05-02 | 2011-12-06 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Clip-style medical sensor and technique for using the same |
US20070260132A1 (en) * | 2006-05-04 | 2007-11-08 | Sterling Bernhard B | Method and apparatus for processing signals reflecting physiological characteristics from multiple sensors |
US9176141B2 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2015-11-03 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Physiological monitor calibration system |
US8998809B2 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2015-04-07 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Systems and methods for calibrating minimally invasive and non-invasive physiological sensor devices |
US7941199B2 (en) | 2006-05-15 | 2011-05-10 | Masimo Laboratories, Inc. | Sepsis monitor |
US8028701B2 (en) | 2006-05-31 | 2011-10-04 | Masimo Corporation | Respiratory monitoring |
US20070282181A1 (en) * | 2006-06-01 | 2007-12-06 | Carol Findlay | Visual medical sensor indicator |
US10188348B2 (en) | 2006-06-05 | 2019-01-29 | Masimo Corporation | Parameter upgrade system |
EP2099355B1 (en) | 2006-06-05 | 2019-10-30 | Masimo Laboratories, Inc. | Parameter upgrade system |
US20080039735A1 (en) * | 2006-06-06 | 2008-02-14 | Hickerson Barry L | Respiratory monitor display |
US8380271B2 (en) | 2006-06-15 | 2013-02-19 | Covidien Lp | System and method for generating customizable audible beep tones and alarms |
EP2043522A4 (en) * | 2006-06-16 | 2010-01-06 | Medtor Llc | System and method for a non-invasive medical sensor |
US8145288B2 (en) * | 2006-08-22 | 2012-03-27 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Medical sensor for reducing signal artifacts and technique for using the same |
US20080064965A1 (en) * | 2006-09-08 | 2008-03-13 | Jay Gregory D | Devices and methods for measuring pulsus paradoxus |
US20080064940A1 (en) * | 2006-09-12 | 2008-03-13 | Raridan William B | Sensor cable design for use with spectrophotometric sensors and method of using the same |
US8315683B2 (en) * | 2006-09-20 | 2012-11-20 | Masimo Corporation | Duo connector patient cable |
US8219170B2 (en) * | 2006-09-20 | 2012-07-10 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | System and method for practicing spectrophotometry using light emitting nanostructure devices |
USD614305S1 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2010-04-20 | Masimo Corporation | Connector assembly |
US8064975B2 (en) | 2006-09-20 | 2011-11-22 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | System and method for probability based determination of estimated oxygen saturation |
USD609193S1 (en) | 2007-10-12 | 2010-02-02 | Masimo Corporation | Connector assembly |
US8457707B2 (en) | 2006-09-20 | 2013-06-04 | Masimo Corporation | Congenital heart disease monitor |
US20080103375A1 (en) * | 2006-09-22 | 2008-05-01 | Kiani Massi E | Patient monitor user interface |
US9161696B2 (en) | 2006-09-22 | 2015-10-20 | Masimo Corporation | Modular patient monitor |
US8840549B2 (en) * | 2006-09-22 | 2014-09-23 | Masimo Corporation | Modular patient monitor |
US8396527B2 (en) | 2006-09-22 | 2013-03-12 | Covidien Lp | Medical sensor for reducing signal artifacts and technique for using the same |
US8195264B2 (en) * | 2006-09-22 | 2012-06-05 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Medical sensor for reducing signal artifacts and technique for using the same |
US8175671B2 (en) * | 2006-09-22 | 2012-05-08 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Medical sensor for reducing signal artifacts and technique for using the same |
US20080076977A1 (en) * | 2006-09-26 | 2008-03-27 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Inc. | Patient monitoring device snapshot feature system and method |
US7869849B2 (en) * | 2006-09-26 | 2011-01-11 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Opaque, electrically nonconductive region on a medical sensor |
US7574245B2 (en) * | 2006-09-27 | 2009-08-11 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Flexible medical sensor enclosure |
US8696593B2 (en) | 2006-09-27 | 2014-04-15 | Covidien Lp | Method and system for monitoring intracranial pressure |
US7890153B2 (en) * | 2006-09-28 | 2011-02-15 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | System and method for mitigating interference in pulse oximetry |
US7796403B2 (en) * | 2006-09-28 | 2010-09-14 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Means for mechanical registration and mechanical-electrical coupling of a faraday shield to a photodetector and an electrical circuit |
US7922665B2 (en) | 2006-09-28 | 2011-04-12 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | System and method for pulse rate calculation using a scheme for alternate weighting |
US8068891B2 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2011-11-29 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Symmetric LED array for pulse oximetry |
US7476131B2 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2009-01-13 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Device for reducing crosstalk |
US8068890B2 (en) * | 2006-09-29 | 2011-11-29 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Pulse oximetry sensor switchover |
US7848891B2 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2010-12-07 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Modulation ratio determination with accommodation of uncertainty |
US7698002B2 (en) * | 2006-09-29 | 2010-04-13 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Systems and methods for user interface and identification in a medical device |
US7680522B2 (en) * | 2006-09-29 | 2010-03-16 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Method and apparatus for detecting misapplied sensors |
US7706896B2 (en) * | 2006-09-29 | 2010-04-27 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | User interface and identification in a medical device system and method |
US8160668B2 (en) * | 2006-09-29 | 2012-04-17 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Pathological condition detector using kernel methods and oximeters |
US8728059B2 (en) * | 2006-09-29 | 2014-05-20 | Covidien Lp | System and method for assuring validity of monitoring parameter in combination with a therapeutic device |
US7684842B2 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2010-03-23 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | System and method for preventing sensor misuse |
US20080081956A1 (en) * | 2006-09-29 | 2008-04-03 | Jayesh Shah | System and method for integrating voice with a medical device |
US8175667B2 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2012-05-08 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Symmetric LED array for pulse oximetry |
US20080097175A1 (en) * | 2006-09-29 | 2008-04-24 | Boyce Robin S | System and method for display control of patient monitor |
US7925511B2 (en) * | 2006-09-29 | 2011-04-12 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | System and method for secure voice identification in a medical device |
US20080082338A1 (en) * | 2006-09-29 | 2008-04-03 | O'neil Michael P | Systems and methods for secure voice identification and medical device interface |
US7880626B2 (en) | 2006-10-12 | 2011-02-01 | Masimo Corporation | System and method for monitoring the life of a physiological sensor |
WO2008045538A2 (en) | 2006-10-12 | 2008-04-17 | Masimo Corporation | Perfusion index smoother |
US9192329B2 (en) | 2006-10-12 | 2015-11-24 | Masimo Corporation | Variable mode pulse indicator |
US9861305B1 (en) | 2006-10-12 | 2018-01-09 | Masimo Corporation | Method and apparatus for calibration to reduce coupling between signals in a measurement system |
US20080094228A1 (en) * | 2006-10-12 | 2008-04-24 | Welch James P | Patient monitor using radio frequency identification tags |
US8255026B1 (en) | 2006-10-12 | 2012-08-28 | Masimo Corporation, Inc. | Patient monitor capable of monitoring the quality of attached probes and accessories |
US8265723B1 (en) | 2006-10-12 | 2012-09-11 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Oximeter probe off indicator defining probe off space |
US8600467B2 (en) | 2006-11-29 | 2013-12-03 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Optical sensor including disposable and reusable elements |
EP2096994B1 (en) | 2006-12-09 | 2018-10-03 | Masimo Corporation | Plethysmograph variability determination |
CN101621958B (en) * | 2006-12-11 | 2011-05-18 | Cn体系药物技术有限公司 | Device for continuous, non-invasive measurement of arterial blood pressure and uses thereof |
AT504569B1 (en) * | 2006-12-11 | 2009-02-15 | Cnsystems Medizintechnik Gmbh | SIGNAL PROCESSING DEVICE AND DEVICE FOR THE CONTINUOUS, NON-INVASIVE MEASUREMENT OF THE ARTERIAL BLOOD PRESSURE |
US8157730B2 (en) | 2006-12-19 | 2012-04-17 | Valencell, Inc. | Physiological and environmental monitoring systems and methods |
US8652040B2 (en) | 2006-12-19 | 2014-02-18 | Valencell, Inc. | Telemetric apparatus for health and environmental monitoring |
US7791155B2 (en) * | 2006-12-22 | 2010-09-07 | Masimo Laboratories, Inc. | Detector shield |
US8852094B2 (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2014-10-07 | Masimo Corporation | Physiological parameter system |
US8652060B2 (en) * | 2007-01-20 | 2014-02-18 | Masimo Corporation | Perfusion trend indicator |
US20080200819A1 (en) * | 2007-02-20 | 2008-08-21 | Lynn Lawrence A | Orthostasis detection system and method |
US8710957B2 (en) * | 2007-02-28 | 2014-04-29 | Rf Surgical Systems, Inc. | Method, apparatus and article for detection of transponder tagged objects, for example during surgery |
US20090093687A1 (en) * | 2007-03-08 | 2009-04-09 | Telfort Valery G | Systems and methods for determining a physiological condition using an acoustic monitor |
US7894869B2 (en) | 2007-03-09 | 2011-02-22 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Multiple configuration medical sensor and technique for using the same |
US8265724B2 (en) * | 2007-03-09 | 2012-09-11 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Cancellation of light shunting |
US8280469B2 (en) * | 2007-03-09 | 2012-10-02 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Method for detection of aberrant tissue spectra |
US20080221426A1 (en) * | 2007-03-09 | 2008-09-11 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Methods and apparatus for detecting misapplied optical sensors |
EP2139383B1 (en) | 2007-03-27 | 2013-02-13 | Masimo Laboratories, Inc. | Multiple wavelength optical sensor |
US8374665B2 (en) | 2007-04-21 | 2013-02-12 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Tissue profile wellness monitor |
US7696877B2 (en) * | 2007-05-01 | 2010-04-13 | Rf Surgical Systems, Inc. | Method, apparatus and article for detection of transponder tagged objects, for example during surgery |
US20100130875A1 (en) * | 2008-06-18 | 2010-05-27 | Triage Wireless, Inc. | Body-worn system for measuring blood pressure |
EP2162059B1 (en) * | 2007-06-12 | 2021-01-13 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Vital sign monitor and method for measuring blood pressure using optical, electrical, and pressure waveforms |
US11330988B2 (en) | 2007-06-12 | 2022-05-17 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Body-worn system for measuring continuous non-invasive blood pressure (cNIBP) |
US11607152B2 (en) | 2007-06-12 | 2023-03-21 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Optical sensors for use in vital sign monitoring |
US8602997B2 (en) * | 2007-06-12 | 2013-12-10 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Body-worn system for measuring continuous non-invasive blood pressure (cNIBP) |
US8764671B2 (en) | 2007-06-28 | 2014-07-01 | Masimo Corporation | Disposable active pulse sensor |
US8048040B2 (en) | 2007-09-13 | 2011-11-01 | Masimo Corporation | Fluid titration system |
WO2009036348A1 (en) * | 2007-09-14 | 2009-03-19 | Corventis, Inc. | Medical device automatic start-up upon contact to patient tissue |
US8591430B2 (en) * | 2007-09-14 | 2013-11-26 | Corventis, Inc. | Adherent device for respiratory monitoring |
WO2009036334A1 (en) * | 2007-09-14 | 2009-03-19 | Corventis, Inc. | Adherent multi-sensor device with empathic monitoring |
US20090076345A1 (en) | 2007-09-14 | 2009-03-19 | Corventis, Inc. | Adherent Device with Multiple Physiological Sensors |
WO2009036306A1 (en) | 2007-09-14 | 2009-03-19 | Corventis, Inc. | Adherent cardiac monitor with advanced sensing capabilities |
US9186089B2 (en) | 2007-09-14 | 2015-11-17 | Medtronic Monitoring, Inc. | Injectable physiological monitoring system |
US8790257B2 (en) * | 2007-09-14 | 2014-07-29 | Corventis, Inc. | Multi-sensor patient monitor to detect impending cardiac decompensation |
WO2009036326A1 (en) * | 2007-09-14 | 2009-03-19 | Corventis, Inc. | Adherent athletic monitor |
WO2009036321A1 (en) * | 2007-09-14 | 2009-03-19 | Corventis, Inc. | Adherent device for cardiac rhythm management |
WO2009036316A1 (en) | 2007-09-14 | 2009-03-19 | Corventis, Inc. | Energy management, tracking and security for adherent patient monitor |
US20090076349A1 (en) * | 2007-09-14 | 2009-03-19 | Corventis, Inc. | Adherent Multi-Sensor Device with Implantable Device Communication Capabilities |
US20090076397A1 (en) * | 2007-09-14 | 2009-03-19 | Corventis, Inc. | Adherent Emergency Patient Monitor |
EP2227843B1 (en) | 2007-10-12 | 2019-03-06 | Masimo Corporation | Connector assembly |
JP2011501274A (en) | 2007-10-12 | 2011-01-06 | マシモ コーポレイション | System and method for storing, analyzing and retrieving medical data |
US8310336B2 (en) * | 2008-10-10 | 2012-11-13 | Masimo Corporation | Systems and methods for storing, analyzing, retrieving and displaying streaming medical data |
US8355766B2 (en) * | 2007-10-12 | 2013-01-15 | Masimo Corporation | Ceramic emitter substrate |
US8251903B2 (en) | 2007-10-25 | 2012-08-28 | Valencell, Inc. | Noninvasive physiological analysis using excitation-sensor modules and related devices and methods |
BRPI0820718A2 (en) | 2007-12-10 | 2015-06-16 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Quick read port amperometry |
US8204567B2 (en) * | 2007-12-13 | 2012-06-19 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Signal demodulation |
US9026370B2 (en) | 2007-12-18 | 2015-05-05 | Hospira, Inc. | User interface improvements for medical devices |
US8352004B2 (en) | 2007-12-21 | 2013-01-08 | Covidien Lp | Medical sensor and technique for using the same |
US8346328B2 (en) | 2007-12-21 | 2013-01-01 | Covidien Lp | Medical sensor and technique for using the same |
US8366613B2 (en) * | 2007-12-26 | 2013-02-05 | Covidien Lp | LED drive circuit for pulse oximetry and method for using same |
US8577434B2 (en) | 2007-12-27 | 2013-11-05 | Covidien Lp | Coaxial LED light sources |
US20090171167A1 (en) * | 2007-12-27 | 2009-07-02 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | System And Method For Monitor Alarm Management |
US20090168050A1 (en) * | 2007-12-27 | 2009-07-02 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Optical Sensor System And Method |
US8442608B2 (en) * | 2007-12-28 | 2013-05-14 | Covidien Lp | System and method for estimating physiological parameters by deconvolving artifacts |
US20090171176A1 (en) * | 2007-12-28 | 2009-07-02 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Snapshot Sensor |
US8452364B2 (en) | 2007-12-28 | 2013-05-28 | Covidien LLP | System and method for attaching a sensor to a patient's skin |
US8199007B2 (en) * | 2007-12-31 | 2012-06-12 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Flex circuit snap track for a biometric sensor |
US8070508B2 (en) * | 2007-12-31 | 2011-12-06 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Method and apparatus for aligning and securing a cable strain relief |
US20090171166A1 (en) * | 2007-12-31 | 2009-07-02 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Oximeter with location awareness |
US20090171173A1 (en) * | 2007-12-31 | 2009-07-02 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | System and method for reducing motion artifacts in a sensor |
US20090171226A1 (en) * | 2007-12-31 | 2009-07-02 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | System and method for evaluating variation in the timing of physiological events |
US8897850B2 (en) * | 2007-12-31 | 2014-11-25 | Covidien Lp | Sensor with integrated living hinge and spring |
US20090171171A1 (en) * | 2007-12-31 | 2009-07-02 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Oximetry sensor overmolding location features |
US8092993B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2012-01-10 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Hydrogel thin film for use as a biosensor |
US8275553B2 (en) * | 2008-02-19 | 2012-09-25 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | System and method for evaluating physiological parameter data |
US8750953B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2014-06-10 | Covidien Lp | Methods and systems for alerting practitioners to physiological conditions |
US8768423B2 (en) | 2008-03-04 | 2014-07-01 | Glt Acquisition Corp. | Multispot monitoring for use in optical coherence tomography |
JP5405500B2 (en) * | 2008-03-12 | 2014-02-05 | コーヴェンティス,インク. | Predicting cardiac decompensation based on cardiac rhythm |
US20090247851A1 (en) * | 2008-03-26 | 2009-10-01 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Graphical User Interface For Monitor Alarm Management |
US8140272B2 (en) * | 2008-03-27 | 2012-03-20 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | System and method for unmixing spectroscopic observations with nonnegative matrix factorization |
US20090247854A1 (en) * | 2008-03-27 | 2009-10-01 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Retractable Sensor Cable For A Pulse Oximeter |
US8437822B2 (en) * | 2008-03-28 | 2013-05-07 | Covidien Lp | System and method for estimating blood analyte concentration |
US20090247850A1 (en) * | 2008-03-28 | 2009-10-01 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Manually Powered Oximeter |
US8292809B2 (en) | 2008-03-31 | 2012-10-23 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Detecting chemical components from spectroscopic observations |
US8364224B2 (en) * | 2008-03-31 | 2013-01-29 | Covidien Lp | System and method for facilitating sensor and monitor communication |
US8112375B2 (en) * | 2008-03-31 | 2012-02-07 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Wavelength selection and outlier detection in reduced rank linear models |
US8412317B2 (en) * | 2008-04-18 | 2013-04-02 | Corventis, Inc. | Method and apparatus to measure bioelectric impedance of patient tissue |
US20090275809A1 (en) * | 2008-05-01 | 2009-11-05 | Starr Life Sciences Corp. | Portable Modular Kiosk Based Physiologic Sensor System with Display and Data Storage for Clinical and Research Applications including Cross Calculating and Cross Checked Physiologic Parameters Based Upon Combined Sensor Input |
US20090275810A1 (en) * | 2008-05-01 | 2009-11-05 | Starr Life Sciences Corp. | Portable modular pc based system for continuous monitoring of blood oxygenation and respiratory parameters |
JP5575752B2 (en) | 2008-05-02 | 2014-08-20 | マシモ コーポレイション | Monitor configuration system |
US9107625B2 (en) * | 2008-05-05 | 2015-08-18 | Masimo Corporation | Pulse oximetry system with electrical decoupling circuitry |
EP2283443A1 (en) | 2008-05-07 | 2011-02-16 | Lynn, Lawrence A. | Medical failure pattern search engine |
US8870785B2 (en) * | 2008-05-09 | 2014-10-28 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Contactless respiration monitoring of a patient |
EP2123320A1 (en) * | 2008-05-20 | 2009-11-25 | General Electric Company | Arrangement and method for supervising medical monitor |
US8358212B2 (en) * | 2008-05-27 | 2013-01-22 | Rf Surgical Systems, Inc. | Multi-modal transponder and method and apparatus to detect same |
JP2011521702A (en) * | 2008-05-28 | 2011-07-28 | ニアーツアー メディカル リミテッド | Method and apparatus for CO2 evaluation |
JP4518189B2 (en) * | 2008-05-28 | 2010-08-04 | ソニー株式会社 | Information processing apparatus and method, program, and recording medium |
WO2009154987A2 (en) * | 2008-05-28 | 2009-12-23 | Rf Surgical Systems, Inc. | Method, apparatus and article for detection of transponder tagged objects, for example during surgery |
RU2497438C2 (en) * | 2008-06-16 | 2013-11-10 | Конинклейке Филипс Электроникс Н.В. | Monitoring patient's vital parameter with application of "in situ" modulation scheme to avoid interference |
DE102008002741B4 (en) | 2008-06-27 | 2019-07-11 | CiS Forschungsinstitut für Mikrosensorik und Photovoltaik GmbH | Optoelectronic perfusion measuring device for functional circulatory diagnostics |
US7880884B2 (en) * | 2008-06-30 | 2011-02-01 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | System and method for coating and shielding electronic sensor components |
US8660799B2 (en) | 2008-06-30 | 2014-02-25 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Processing and detecting baseline changes in signals |
US7887345B2 (en) | 2008-06-30 | 2011-02-15 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Single use connector for pulse oximetry sensors |
US20090327515A1 (en) * | 2008-06-30 | 2009-12-31 | Thomas Price | Medical Monitor With Network Connectivity |
US9895068B2 (en) * | 2008-06-30 | 2018-02-20 | Covidien Lp | Pulse oximeter with wait-time indication |
US8398556B2 (en) | 2008-06-30 | 2013-03-19 | Covidien Lp | Systems and methods for non-invasive continuous blood pressure determination |
USD626561S1 (en) | 2008-06-30 | 2010-11-02 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Circular satseconds indicator and triangular saturation pattern detection indicator for a patient monitor display panel |
US8862194B2 (en) | 2008-06-30 | 2014-10-14 | Covidien Lp | Method for improved oxygen saturation estimation in the presence of noise |
US20090326347A1 (en) * | 2008-06-30 | 2009-12-31 | Bennett Scharf | Synchronous Light Detection Utilizing CMOS/CCD Sensors For Oximetry Sensing |
USD626562S1 (en) | 2008-06-30 | 2010-11-02 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Triangular saturation pattern detection indicator for a patient monitor display panel |
US8532932B2 (en) | 2008-06-30 | 2013-09-10 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Consistent signal selection by signal segment selection techniques |
US8071935B2 (en) * | 2008-06-30 | 2011-12-06 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Optical detector with an overmolded faraday shield |
US8577431B2 (en) | 2008-07-03 | 2013-11-05 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Noise shielding for a noninvasive device |
US20100030040A1 (en) | 2008-08-04 | 2010-02-04 | Masimo Laboratories, Inc. | Multi-stream data collection system for noninvasive measurement of blood constituents |
USD621516S1 (en) | 2008-08-25 | 2010-08-10 | Masimo Laboratories, Inc. | Patient monitoring sensor |
US8370080B2 (en) * | 2008-07-15 | 2013-02-05 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Methods and systems for determining whether to trigger an alarm |
US20100016676A1 (en) * | 2008-07-15 | 2010-01-21 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems And Methods For Adaptively Filtering Signals |
US8506498B2 (en) | 2008-07-15 | 2013-08-13 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems and methods using induced perturbation to determine physiological parameters |
US8385675B2 (en) * | 2008-07-15 | 2013-02-26 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems and methods for filtering a signal using a continuous wavelet transform |
US8805482B2 (en) * | 2008-07-28 | 2014-08-12 | General Electric Conpany | System and method for signal quality indication and false alarm reduction in ECG monitoring systems |
US8203438B2 (en) | 2008-07-29 | 2012-06-19 | Masimo Corporation | Alarm suspend system |
US20100191310A1 (en) * | 2008-07-29 | 2010-07-29 | Corventis, Inc. | Communication-Anchor Loop For Injectable Device |
WO2010031070A2 (en) * | 2008-09-15 | 2010-03-18 | Masimo Corporation | Patient monitor including multi-parameter graphical display |
SE532941C2 (en) | 2008-09-15 | 2010-05-18 | Phasein Ab | Gas sampling line for breathing gases |
US20100076319A1 (en) * | 2008-09-25 | 2010-03-25 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Pathlength-Corrected Medical Spectroscopy |
US20100076276A1 (en) * | 2008-09-25 | 2010-03-25 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Medical Sensor, Display, and Technique For Using The Same |
US8364220B2 (en) | 2008-09-25 | 2013-01-29 | Covidien Lp | Medical sensor and technique for using the same |
US8914088B2 (en) * | 2008-09-30 | 2014-12-16 | Covidien Lp | Medical sensor and technique for using the same |
US8968193B2 (en) * | 2008-09-30 | 2015-03-03 | Covidien Lp | System and method for enabling a research mode on physiological monitors |
US9301697B2 (en) | 2008-09-30 | 2016-04-05 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems and methods for recalibrating a non-invasive blood pressure monitor |
US8423112B2 (en) | 2008-09-30 | 2013-04-16 | Covidien Lp | Medical sensor and technique for using the same |
US9687161B2 (en) | 2008-09-30 | 2017-06-27 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems and methods for maintaining blood pressure monitor calibration |
US8433382B2 (en) * | 2008-09-30 | 2013-04-30 | Covidien Lp | Transmission mode photon density wave system and method |
US8386000B2 (en) * | 2008-09-30 | 2013-02-26 | Covidien Lp | System and method for photon density wave pulse oximetry and pulse hemometry |
US8532751B2 (en) | 2008-09-30 | 2013-09-10 | Covidien Lp | Laser self-mixing sensors for biological sensing |
US8417309B2 (en) * | 2008-09-30 | 2013-04-09 | Covidien Lp | Medical sensor |
US9314168B2 (en) | 2008-09-30 | 2016-04-19 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Detecting sleep events using localized blood pressure changes |
US20100081912A1 (en) * | 2008-09-30 | 2010-04-01 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Ultrasound-Optical Doppler Hemometer and Technique for Using the Same |
US8410951B2 (en) * | 2008-09-30 | 2013-04-02 | Covidien Lp | Detecting a signal quality decrease in a measurement system |
US9078609B2 (en) * | 2008-10-02 | 2015-07-14 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Extraction of physiological measurements from a photoplethysmograph (PPG) signal |
US20100088957A1 (en) * | 2008-10-09 | 2010-04-15 | Hubbs Jonathan W | Natural turf with binder |
US8346330B2 (en) | 2008-10-13 | 2013-01-01 | Masimo Corporation | Reflection-detector sensor position indicator |
US8401602B2 (en) | 2008-10-13 | 2013-03-19 | Masimo Corporation | Secondary-emitter sensor position indicator |
US8264342B2 (en) | 2008-10-28 | 2012-09-11 | RF Surgical Systems, Inc | Method and apparatus to detect transponder tagged objects, for example during medical procedures |
US11857293B2 (en) | 2008-10-29 | 2024-01-02 | Flashback Technologies, Inc. | Rapid detection of bleeding before, during, and after fluid resuscitation |
US11395634B2 (en) | 2008-10-29 | 2022-07-26 | Flashback Technologies, Inc. | Estimating physiological states based on changes in CRI |
US8512260B2 (en) | 2008-10-29 | 2013-08-20 | The Regents Of The University Of Colorado, A Body Corporate | Statistical, noninvasive measurement of intracranial pressure |
US11406269B2 (en) | 2008-10-29 | 2022-08-09 | Flashback Technologies, Inc. | Rapid detection of bleeding following injury |
US11395594B2 (en) | 2008-10-29 | 2022-07-26 | Flashback Technologies, Inc. | Noninvasive monitoring for fluid resuscitation |
US11382571B2 (en) | 2008-10-29 | 2022-07-12 | Flashback Technologies, Inc. | Noninvasive predictive and/or estimative blood pressure monitoring |
US20110172545A1 (en) * | 2008-10-29 | 2011-07-14 | Gregory Zlatko Grudic | Active Physical Perturbations to Enhance Intelligent Medical Monitoring |
US11478190B2 (en) | 2008-10-29 | 2022-10-25 | Flashback Technologies, Inc. | Noninvasive hydration monitoring |
CA2745047A1 (en) * | 2008-12-01 | 2010-06-10 | Nortel Networks Limited | Frequency agile filter using a digital filter and bandstop filtering |
US20090171172A1 (en) * | 2008-12-19 | 2009-07-02 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Method and system for pulse gating |
US8771204B2 (en) | 2008-12-30 | 2014-07-08 | Masimo Corporation | Acoustic sensor assembly |
US8588880B2 (en) | 2009-02-16 | 2013-11-19 | Masimo Corporation | Ear sensor |
US20100216639A1 (en) * | 2009-02-20 | 2010-08-26 | Hubbs Jonathon W | Gypsum soil conditioner |
US8788002B2 (en) | 2009-02-25 | 2014-07-22 | Valencell, Inc. | Light-guiding devices and monitoring devices incorporating same |
EP3127476A1 (en) | 2009-02-25 | 2017-02-08 | Valencell, Inc. | Light-guiding devices and monitoring devices incorporating same |
US9750462B2 (en) | 2009-02-25 | 2017-09-05 | Valencell, Inc. | Monitoring apparatus and methods for measuring physiological and/or environmental conditions |
US9323894B2 (en) | 2011-08-19 | 2016-04-26 | Masimo Corporation | Health care sanitation monitoring system |
US10032002B2 (en) | 2009-03-04 | 2018-07-24 | Masimo Corporation | Medical monitoring system |
US10007758B2 (en) | 2009-03-04 | 2018-06-26 | Masimo Corporation | Medical monitoring system |
EP2404253B1 (en) | 2009-03-04 | 2019-09-18 | Masimo Corporation | Medical monitoring system |
US8216136B2 (en) | 2009-03-05 | 2012-07-10 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Systems and methods for monitoring heart rate and blood pressure correlation |
US20100224191A1 (en) * | 2009-03-06 | 2010-09-09 | Cardinal Health 207, Inc. | Automated Oxygen Delivery System |
US8388353B2 (en) | 2009-03-11 | 2013-03-05 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Magnetic connector |
US20100234718A1 (en) * | 2009-03-12 | 2010-09-16 | Anand Sampath | Open architecture medical communication system |
US8452366B2 (en) * | 2009-03-16 | 2013-05-28 | Covidien Lp | Medical monitoring device with flexible circuitry |
US20100240972A1 (en) * | 2009-03-20 | 2010-09-23 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Slider Spot Check Pulse Oximeter |
US8897847B2 (en) | 2009-03-23 | 2014-11-25 | Masimo Corporation | Digit gauge for noninvasive optical sensor |
US8221319B2 (en) | 2009-03-25 | 2012-07-17 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Medical device for assessing intravascular blood volume and technique for using the same |
US20100249550A1 (en) * | 2009-03-25 | 2010-09-30 | Neilcor Puritan Bennett LLC | Method And Apparatus For Optical Filtering Of A Broadband Emitter In A Medical Sensor |
US8478538B2 (en) | 2009-05-07 | 2013-07-02 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Selection of signal regions for parameter extraction |
US8509869B2 (en) * | 2009-05-15 | 2013-08-13 | Covidien Lp | Method and apparatus for detecting and analyzing variations in a physiologic parameter |
WO2010135373A1 (en) | 2009-05-19 | 2010-11-25 | Masimo Corporation | Disposable components for reusable physiological sensor |
US8571619B2 (en) | 2009-05-20 | 2013-10-29 | Masimo Corporation | Hemoglobin display and patient treatment |
US10973414B2 (en) * | 2009-05-20 | 2021-04-13 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Vital sign monitoring system featuring 3 accelerometers |
US11896350B2 (en) | 2009-05-20 | 2024-02-13 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Cable system for generating signals for detecting motion and measuring vital signs |
US8956294B2 (en) | 2009-05-20 | 2015-02-17 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Body-worn system for continuously monitoring a patients BP, HR, SpO2, RR, temperature, and motion; also describes specific monitors for apnea, ASY, VTAC, VFIB, and ‘bed sore’ index |
US8634891B2 (en) * | 2009-05-20 | 2014-01-21 | Covidien Lp | Method and system for self regulation of sensor component contact pressure |
US8463346B2 (en) * | 2009-06-10 | 2013-06-11 | Medtronic, Inc. | Absolute calibrated tissue oxygen saturation and total hemoglobin volume fraction |
WO2010144670A1 (en) * | 2009-06-10 | 2010-12-16 | Medtronic, Inc. | Device and method for monitoring of absolute oxygen saturation and tissue hemoglobin concentration |
US8352008B2 (en) * | 2009-06-10 | 2013-01-08 | Medtronic, Inc. | Active noise cancellation in an optical sensor signal |
WO2010144667A1 (en) * | 2009-06-10 | 2010-12-16 | Medtronic, Inc. | Tissue oxygenation monitoring in heart failure |
WO2010144648A1 (en) * | 2009-06-10 | 2010-12-16 | Medtronic, Inc. | Shock reduction using absolute calibrated tissue oxygen saturation and total hemoglobin volume fraction |
US8418524B2 (en) | 2009-06-12 | 2013-04-16 | Masimo Corporation | Non-invasive sensor calibration device |
US9596999B2 (en) * | 2009-06-17 | 2017-03-21 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Body-worn pulse oximeter |
US9010634B2 (en) * | 2009-06-30 | 2015-04-21 | Covidien Lp | System and method for linking patient data to a patient and providing sensor quality assurance |
US9198582B2 (en) | 2009-06-30 | 2015-12-01 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Determining a characteristic physiological parameter |
US8311601B2 (en) * | 2009-06-30 | 2012-11-13 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Reflectance and/or transmissive pulse oximeter |
US20100331631A1 (en) * | 2009-06-30 | 2010-12-30 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Oxygen saturation ear sensor design that optimizes both attachment method and signal quality |
US8505821B2 (en) * | 2009-06-30 | 2013-08-13 | Covidien Lp | System and method for providing sensor quality assurance |
US8670811B2 (en) * | 2009-06-30 | 2014-03-11 | Masimo Corporation | Pulse oximetry system for adjusting medical ventilation |
US8290730B2 (en) | 2009-06-30 | 2012-10-16 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems and methods for assessing measurements in physiological monitoring devices |
US8636667B2 (en) * | 2009-07-06 | 2014-01-28 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems and methods for processing physiological signals in wavelet space |
US8391941B2 (en) * | 2009-07-17 | 2013-03-05 | Covidien Lp | System and method for memory switching for multiple configuration medical sensor |
US20110040197A1 (en) * | 2009-07-20 | 2011-02-17 | Masimo Corporation | Wireless patient monitoring system |
US20110208015A1 (en) * | 2009-07-20 | 2011-08-25 | Masimo Corporation | Wireless patient monitoring system |
US20110021892A1 (en) * | 2009-07-23 | 2011-01-27 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems and methods for respiration monitoring |
US20110021941A1 (en) * | 2009-07-23 | 2011-01-27 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems and methods for respiration monitoring |
US8471713B2 (en) * | 2009-07-24 | 2013-06-25 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Interference detector for patient monitor |
US20110028809A1 (en) * | 2009-07-29 | 2011-02-03 | Masimo Corporation | Patient monitor ambient display device |
US8473020B2 (en) | 2009-07-29 | 2013-06-25 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Non-invasive physiological sensor cover |
US20110028806A1 (en) * | 2009-07-29 | 2011-02-03 | Sean Merritt | Reflectance calibration of fluorescence-based glucose measurements |
US8478376B2 (en) * | 2009-07-30 | 2013-07-02 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems and methods for determining physiological information using selective transform data |
US8494786B2 (en) | 2009-07-30 | 2013-07-23 | Covidien Lp | Exponential sampling of red and infrared signals |
US20110029865A1 (en) * | 2009-07-31 | 2011-02-03 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Control Interface For A Medical Monitor |
US8628477B2 (en) | 2009-07-31 | 2014-01-14 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems and methods for non-invasive determination of blood pressure |
US20110087081A1 (en) * | 2009-08-03 | 2011-04-14 | Kiani Massi Joe E | Personalized physiological monitor |
US8417310B2 (en) * | 2009-08-10 | 2013-04-09 | Covidien Lp | Digital switching in multi-site sensor |
US8428675B2 (en) * | 2009-08-19 | 2013-04-23 | Covidien Lp | Nanofiber adhesives used in medical devices |
US8494606B2 (en) * | 2009-08-19 | 2013-07-23 | Covidien Lp | Photoplethysmography with controlled application of sensor pressure |
US8688183B2 (en) | 2009-09-03 | 2014-04-01 | Ceracor Laboratories, Inc. | Emitter driver for noninvasive patient monitor |
US20110066017A1 (en) * | 2009-09-11 | 2011-03-17 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method and apparatus for post-shock evaluation using tissue oxygenation measurements |
US20110172498A1 (en) | 2009-09-14 | 2011-07-14 | Olsen Gregory A | Spot check monitor credit system |
US20110066043A1 (en) * | 2009-09-14 | 2011-03-17 | Matt Banet | System for measuring vital signs during hemodialysis |
US10123722B2 (en) * | 2009-09-14 | 2018-11-13 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Body-worn monitor for measuring respiration rate |
US11253169B2 (en) | 2009-09-14 | 2022-02-22 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Body-worn monitor for measuring respiration rate |
US8364250B2 (en) * | 2009-09-15 | 2013-01-29 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Body-worn vital sign monitor |
US8527038B2 (en) * | 2009-09-15 | 2013-09-03 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Body-worn vital sign monitor |
US9579039B2 (en) | 2011-01-10 | 2017-02-28 | Masimo Corporation | Non-invasive intravascular volume index monitor |
US10806351B2 (en) * | 2009-09-15 | 2020-10-20 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Body-worn vital sign monitor |
US10420476B2 (en) * | 2009-09-15 | 2019-09-24 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Body-worn vital sign monitor |
US20110066044A1 (en) * | 2009-09-15 | 2011-03-17 | Jim Moon | Body-worn vital sign monitor |
US8321004B2 (en) * | 2009-09-15 | 2012-11-27 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Body-worn vital sign monitor |
US20110137297A1 (en) | 2009-09-17 | 2011-06-09 | Kiani Massi Joe E | Pharmacological management system |
DE112010003689T5 (en) * | 2009-09-17 | 2013-01-17 | Marcelo Lamego | Improved analyte monitoring using one or more accelerometers |
US9220440B2 (en) | 2009-09-21 | 2015-12-29 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Determining a characteristic respiration rate |
US8704666B2 (en) * | 2009-09-21 | 2014-04-22 | Covidien Lp | Medical device interface customization systems and methods |
US8494604B2 (en) * | 2009-09-21 | 2013-07-23 | Covidien Lp | Wavelength-division multiplexing in a multi-wavelength photon density wave system |
US8788001B2 (en) * | 2009-09-21 | 2014-07-22 | Covidien Lp | Time-division multiplexing in a multi-wavelength photon density wave system |
US8798704B2 (en) * | 2009-09-24 | 2014-08-05 | Covidien Lp | Photoacoustic spectroscopy method and system to discern sepsis from shock |
US8571618B1 (en) | 2009-09-28 | 2013-10-29 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Adaptive calibration system for spectrophotometric measurements |
US9554739B2 (en) | 2009-09-29 | 2017-01-31 | Covidien Lp | Smart cable for coupling a medical sensor to an electronic patient monitor |
US8376955B2 (en) * | 2009-09-29 | 2013-02-19 | Covidien Lp | Spectroscopic method and system for assessing tissue temperature |
US9066660B2 (en) | 2009-09-29 | 2015-06-30 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems and methods for high-pass filtering a photoplethysmograph signal |
US8515511B2 (en) | 2009-09-29 | 2013-08-20 | Covidien Lp | Sensor with an optical coupling material to improve plethysmographic measurements and method of using the same |
US20110077470A1 (en) * | 2009-09-30 | 2011-03-31 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Patient Monitor Symmetry Control |
US20110077484A1 (en) * | 2009-09-30 | 2011-03-31 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems And Methods For Identifying Non-Corrupted Signal Segments For Use In Determining Physiological Parameters |
US20110074342A1 (en) * | 2009-09-30 | 2011-03-31 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Wireless electricity for electronic devices |
US8463347B2 (en) | 2009-09-30 | 2013-06-11 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems and methods for normalizing a plethysmograph signal for improved feature analysis |
US20110082711A1 (en) * | 2009-10-06 | 2011-04-07 | Masimo Laboratories, Inc. | Personal digital assistant or organizer for monitoring glucose levels |
US8790268B2 (en) | 2009-10-15 | 2014-07-29 | Masimo Corporation | Bidirectional physiological information display |
US8755535B2 (en) | 2009-10-15 | 2014-06-17 | Masimo Corporation | Acoustic respiratory monitoring sensor having multiple sensing elements |
US9106038B2 (en) | 2009-10-15 | 2015-08-11 | Masimo Corporation | Pulse oximetry system with low noise cable hub |
US8430817B1 (en) | 2009-10-15 | 2013-04-30 | Masimo Corporation | System for determining confidence in respiratory rate measurements |
US10463340B2 (en) | 2009-10-15 | 2019-11-05 | Masimo Corporation | Acoustic respiratory monitoring systems and methods |
WO2011047216A2 (en) | 2009-10-15 | 2011-04-21 | Masimo Corporation | Physiological acoustic monitoring system |
US9848800B1 (en) | 2009-10-16 | 2017-12-26 | Masimo Corporation | Respiratory pause detector |
WO2011050283A2 (en) | 2009-10-22 | 2011-04-28 | Corventis, Inc. | Remote detection and monitoring of functional chronotropic incompetence |
US20110118561A1 (en) | 2009-11-13 | 2011-05-19 | Masimo Corporation | Remote control for a medical monitoring device |
US9226686B2 (en) * | 2009-11-23 | 2016-01-05 | Rf Surgical Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus to account for transponder tagged objects used during medical procedures |
US9839381B1 (en) | 2009-11-24 | 2017-12-12 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Physiological measurement system with automatic wavelength adjustment |
US9492095B2 (en) | 2009-12-02 | 2016-11-15 | Neetour Medical Ltd. | Hemodynamics-based monitoring and evaluation of a respiratory condition |
GB2487882B (en) | 2009-12-04 | 2017-03-29 | Masimo Corp | Calibration for multi-stage physiological monitors |
DE102009047660A1 (en) * | 2009-12-08 | 2011-06-09 | Endress + Hauser Conducta Gesellschaft für Mess- und Regeltechnik mbH + Co. KG | Method for compensating variation of light intensity of light beam during optical measurement, involves supplying light beam signal to adaptive filter, and evaluating filter output signal based on optical characteristics of measuring medium |
US9451897B2 (en) * | 2009-12-14 | 2016-09-27 | Medtronic Monitoring, Inc. | Body adherent patch with electronics for physiologic monitoring |
US9153112B1 (en) | 2009-12-21 | 2015-10-06 | Masimo Corporation | Modular patient monitor |
WO2011091059A1 (en) | 2010-01-19 | 2011-07-28 | Masimo Corporation | Wellness analysis system |
EP2533692B1 (en) * | 2010-02-11 | 2015-01-14 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Method and apparatus for determining a respiration signal |
US8483788B2 (en) * | 2010-02-28 | 2013-07-09 | Covidien Lp | Motion compensation in a sensor |
WO2011109312A2 (en) | 2010-03-01 | 2011-09-09 | Masimo Corporation | Adaptive alarm system |
US8584345B2 (en) | 2010-03-08 | 2013-11-19 | Masimo Corporation | Reprocessing of a physiological sensor |
US20110224564A1 (en) * | 2010-03-10 | 2011-09-15 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Body-worn vital sign monitor |
WO2011117780A1 (en) * | 2010-03-23 | 2011-09-29 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Interference reduction in monitoring a vital parameter of a patient |
US9307928B1 (en) | 2010-03-30 | 2016-04-12 | Masimo Corporation | Plethysmographic respiration processor |
US9451887B2 (en) | 2010-03-31 | 2016-09-27 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems and methods for measuring electromechanical delay of the heart |
US8965498B2 (en) | 2010-04-05 | 2015-02-24 | Corventis, Inc. | Method and apparatus for personalized physiologic parameters |
US9173593B2 (en) | 2010-04-19 | 2015-11-03 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Body-worn monitor for measuring respiratory rate |
US8888700B2 (en) | 2010-04-19 | 2014-11-18 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Body-worn monitor for measuring respiratory rate |
US8747330B2 (en) | 2010-04-19 | 2014-06-10 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Body-worn monitor for measuring respiratory rate |
US8979765B2 (en) | 2010-04-19 | 2015-03-17 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Body-worn monitor for measuring respiratory rate |
US9173594B2 (en) | 2010-04-19 | 2015-11-03 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Body-worn monitor for measuring respiratory rate |
US9339209B2 (en) | 2010-04-19 | 2016-05-17 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Body-worn monitor for measuring respiratory rate |
US8898037B2 (en) | 2010-04-28 | 2014-11-25 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems and methods for signal monitoring using Lissajous figures |
US9138180B1 (en) | 2010-05-03 | 2015-09-22 | Masimo Corporation | Sensor adapter cable |
US8712494B1 (en) | 2010-05-03 | 2014-04-29 | Masimo Corporation | Reflective non-invasive sensor |
US7884933B1 (en) | 2010-05-05 | 2011-02-08 | Revolutionary Business Concepts, Inc. | Apparatus and method for determining analyte concentrations |
US8666468B1 (en) | 2010-05-06 | 2014-03-04 | Masimo Corporation | Patient monitor for determining microcirculation state |
US9326712B1 (en) | 2010-06-02 | 2016-05-03 | Masimo Corporation | Opticoustic sensor |
US8740792B1 (en) | 2010-07-12 | 2014-06-03 | Masimo Corporation | Patient monitor capable of accounting for environmental conditions |
US9408542B1 (en) | 2010-07-22 | 2016-08-09 | Masimo Corporation | Non-invasive blood pressure measurement system |
US8930145B2 (en) | 2010-07-28 | 2015-01-06 | Covidien Lp | Light focusing continuous wave photoacoustic spectroscopy and its applications to patient monitoring |
US9649054B2 (en) | 2010-08-26 | 2017-05-16 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Blood pressure measurement method |
US9775545B2 (en) | 2010-09-28 | 2017-10-03 | Masimo Corporation | Magnetic electrical connector for patient monitors |
EP2621333B1 (en) | 2010-09-28 | 2015-07-29 | Masimo Corporation | Depth of consciousness monitor including oximeter |
US9211095B1 (en) | 2010-10-13 | 2015-12-15 | Masimo Corporation | Physiological measurement logic engine |
US8723677B1 (en) | 2010-10-20 | 2014-05-13 | Masimo Corporation | Patient safety system with automatically adjusting bed |
US8825428B2 (en) | 2010-11-30 | 2014-09-02 | Neilcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Methods and systems for recalibrating a blood pressure monitor with memory |
US20120226117A1 (en) | 2010-12-01 | 2012-09-06 | Lamego Marcelo M | Handheld processing device including medical applications for minimally and non invasive glucose measurements |
US9259160B2 (en) | 2010-12-01 | 2016-02-16 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems and methods for determining when to measure a physiological parameter |
US9357934B2 (en) | 2010-12-01 | 2016-06-07 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems and methods for physiological event marking |
US20140249432A1 (en) | 2010-12-28 | 2014-09-04 | Matt Banet | Body-worn system for continuous, noninvasive measurement of cardiac output, stroke volume, cardiac power, and blood pressure |
US8888701B2 (en) | 2011-01-27 | 2014-11-18 | Valencell, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for monitoring physiological data during environmental interference |
WO2012109671A1 (en) | 2011-02-13 | 2012-08-16 | Masimo Corporation | Medical characterization system |
US10357187B2 (en) | 2011-02-18 | 2019-07-23 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Optical sensor for measuring physiological properties |
WO2012112891A1 (en) | 2011-02-18 | 2012-08-23 | Sotera Wireless, Inc. | Modular wrist-worn processor for patient monitoring |
US9066666B2 (en) | 2011-02-25 | 2015-06-30 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Patient monitor for monitoring microcirculation |
US8830449B1 (en) | 2011-04-18 | 2014-09-09 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Blood analysis system |
US9095316B2 (en) | 2011-04-20 | 2015-08-04 | Masimo Corporation | System for generating alarms based on alarm patterns |
US9622692B2 (en) | 2011-05-16 | 2017-04-18 | Masimo Corporation | Personal health device |
US9109902B1 (en) | 2011-06-13 | 2015-08-18 | Impact Sports Technologies, Inc. | Monitoring device with a pedometer |
US9986919B2 (en) | 2011-06-21 | 2018-06-05 | Masimo Corporation | Patient monitoring system |
US9532722B2 (en) | 2011-06-21 | 2017-01-03 | Masimo Corporation | Patient monitoring system |
US9245668B1 (en) | 2011-06-29 | 2016-01-26 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Low noise cable providing communication between electronic sensor components and patient monitor |
US11439329B2 (en) | 2011-07-13 | 2022-09-13 | Masimo Corporation | Multiple measurement mode in a physiological sensor |
US20130023775A1 (en) | 2011-07-20 | 2013-01-24 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Magnetic Reusable Sensor |
US9192351B1 (en) | 2011-07-22 | 2015-11-24 | Masimo Corporation | Acoustic respiratory monitoring sensor with probe-off detection |
EP2734103B1 (en) | 2011-07-22 | 2020-12-23 | Flashback Technologies, Inc. | Hemodynamic reserve monitor and hemodialysis control |
US9427191B2 (en) | 2011-07-25 | 2016-08-30 | Valencell, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for estimating time-state physiological parameters |
RU2466493C1 (en) * | 2011-07-26 | 2012-11-10 | Федеральное государственное бюджетное образовательное учреждение высшего профессионального образования "Ставропольский государственный аграрный университет" | Method to generate reference voltage |
US8755872B1 (en) | 2011-07-28 | 2014-06-17 | Masimo Corporation | Patient monitoring system for indicating an abnormal condition |
EP2739207B1 (en) | 2011-08-02 | 2017-07-19 | Valencell, Inc. | Systems and methods for variable filter adjustment by heart rate metric feedback |
US9782077B2 (en) | 2011-08-17 | 2017-10-10 | Masimo Corporation | Modulated physiological sensor |
EP2745204A4 (en) | 2011-08-19 | 2015-01-07 | Hospira Inc | Systems and methods for a graphical interface including a graphical representation of medical data |
JP5837785B2 (en) | 2011-09-13 | 2015-12-24 | 日本光電工業株式会社 | Biological signal measuring device |
US9402554B2 (en) | 2011-09-23 | 2016-08-02 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems and methods for determining respiration information from a photoplethysmograph |
US9693709B2 (en) | 2011-09-23 | 2017-07-04 | Nellcot Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems and methods for determining respiration information from a photoplethysmograph |
US9119597B2 (en) | 2011-09-23 | 2015-09-01 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems and methods for determining respiration information from a photoplethysmograph |
US9675274B2 (en) | 2011-09-23 | 2017-06-13 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems and methods for determining respiration information from a photoplethysmograph |
US9808188B1 (en) | 2011-10-13 | 2017-11-07 | Masimo Corporation | Robust fractional saturation determination |
EP3603502B1 (en) | 2011-10-13 | 2023-10-04 | Masimo Corporation | Physiological acoustic monitoring system |
US9943269B2 (en) | 2011-10-13 | 2018-04-17 | Masimo Corporation | System for displaying medical monitoring data |
EP3584799B1 (en) | 2011-10-13 | 2022-11-09 | Masimo Corporation | Medical monitoring hub |
US9778079B1 (en) | 2011-10-27 | 2017-10-03 | Masimo Corporation | Physiological monitor gauge panel |
US9693736B2 (en) | 2011-11-30 | 2017-07-04 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Ireland | Systems and methods for determining respiration information using historical distribution |
US9060695B2 (en) | 2011-11-30 | 2015-06-23 | Covidien Lp | Systems and methods for determining differential pulse transit time from the phase difference of two analog plethysmographs |
WO2013090709A1 (en) | 2011-12-16 | 2013-06-20 | Hospira, Inc. | System for monitoring and delivering medication to a patient and method of using the same to minimize the risks associated with automated therapy |
US9445759B1 (en) | 2011-12-22 | 2016-09-20 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Blood glucose calibration system |
US9392945B2 (en) | 2012-01-04 | 2016-07-19 | Masimo Corporation | Automated CCHD screening and detection |
US11172890B2 (en) | 2012-01-04 | 2021-11-16 | Masimo Corporation | Automated condition screening and detection |
JP6116017B2 (en) | 2012-01-16 | 2017-04-19 | ヴァレンセル,インコーポレイテッドValencell, Inc. | Reduction of physiological measurement error by inertia rhythm |
CN104168828A (en) | 2012-01-16 | 2014-11-26 | 瓦伦赛尔公司 | Physiological metric estimation rise and fall limiting |
JP6102055B2 (en) * | 2012-01-25 | 2017-03-29 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Pulse wave measuring device and signal processing device |
JP6179064B2 (en) * | 2012-01-25 | 2017-08-16 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Pulse wave measuring device and signal processing device |
US10307111B2 (en) | 2012-02-09 | 2019-06-04 | Masimo Corporation | Patient position detection system |
US9480435B2 (en) | 2012-02-09 | 2016-11-01 | Masimo Corporation | Configurable patient monitoring system |
US10149616B2 (en) | 2012-02-09 | 2018-12-11 | Masimo Corporation | Wireless patient monitoring device |
KR101910982B1 (en) * | 2012-02-13 | 2019-01-04 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for eliminating motion artifact of biosignal using personalized biosignal pattern |
WO2013148605A1 (en) | 2012-03-25 | 2013-10-03 | Masimo Corporation | Physiological monitor touchscreen interface |
EP2830687B1 (en) | 2012-03-30 | 2019-07-24 | ICU Medical, Inc. | Air detection system and method for detecting air in a pump of an infusion system |
US9833146B2 (en) | 2012-04-17 | 2017-12-05 | Covidien Lp | Surgical system and method of use of the same |
EP2838428B1 (en) | 2012-04-17 | 2023-09-06 | Masimo Corporation | Hypersaturation index |
US8767862B2 (en) | 2012-05-29 | 2014-07-01 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | Beamformer phase optimization for a multi-layer MIMO system augmented by radio distribution network |
US8837650B2 (en) | 2012-05-29 | 2014-09-16 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | System and method for discrete gain control in hybrid MIMO RF beamforming for multi layer MIMO base station |
US8619927B2 (en) | 2012-05-29 | 2013-12-31 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | System and method for discrete gain control in hybrid MIMO/RF beamforming |
US8842765B2 (en) | 2012-05-29 | 2014-09-23 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | Beamformer configurable for connecting a variable number of antennas and radio circuits |
US8811522B2 (en) | 2012-05-29 | 2014-08-19 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | Mitigating interferences for a multi-layer MIMO system augmented by radio distribution network |
US8861635B2 (en) | 2012-05-29 | 2014-10-14 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | Setting radio frequency (RF) beamformer antenna weights per data-stream in a multiple-input-multiple-output (MIMO) system |
US8644413B2 (en) | 2012-05-29 | 2014-02-04 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | Implementing blind tuning in hybrid MIMO RF beamforming systems |
US8971452B2 (en) | 2012-05-29 | 2015-03-03 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | Using 3G/4G baseband signals for tuning beamformers in hybrid MIMO RDN systems |
US10542903B2 (en) | 2012-06-07 | 2020-01-28 | Masimo Corporation | Depth of consciousness monitor |
US9154204B2 (en) | 2012-06-11 | 2015-10-06 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | Implementing transmit RDN architectures in uplink MIMO systems |
EP3586891A1 (en) | 2012-07-31 | 2020-01-01 | ICU Medical, Inc. | Patient care system for critical medications |
US9697928B2 (en) | 2012-08-01 | 2017-07-04 | Masimo Corporation | Automated assembly sensor cable |
US10827961B1 (en) | 2012-08-29 | 2020-11-10 | Masimo Corporation | Physiological measurement calibration |
US9877650B2 (en) | 2012-09-20 | 2018-01-30 | Masimo Corporation | Physiological monitor with mobile computing device connectivity |
US9749232B2 (en) | 2012-09-20 | 2017-08-29 | Masimo Corporation | Intelligent medical network edge router |
US9955937B2 (en) | 2012-09-20 | 2018-05-01 | Masimo Corporation | Acoustic patient sensor coupler |
US9717458B2 (en) | 2012-10-20 | 2017-08-01 | Masimo Corporation | Magnetic-flap optical sensor |
US9560996B2 (en) | 2012-10-30 | 2017-02-07 | Masimo Corporation | Universal medical system |
US9787568B2 (en) | 2012-11-05 | 2017-10-10 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Physiological test credit method |
US9414752B2 (en) | 2012-11-09 | 2016-08-16 | Elwha Llc | Embolism deflector |
US9750461B1 (en) | 2013-01-02 | 2017-09-05 | Masimo Corporation | Acoustic respiratory monitoring sensor with probe-off detection |
EP2943753B1 (en) | 2013-01-09 | 2020-04-01 | Valencell, Inc. | Cadence detection based on inertial harmonics |
US9724025B1 (en) | 2013-01-16 | 2017-08-08 | Masimo Corporation | Active-pulse blood analysis system |
WO2014116924A1 (en) | 2013-01-28 | 2014-07-31 | Valencell, Inc. | Physiological monitoring devices having sensing elements decoupled from body motion |
US9343808B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2016-05-17 | Magnotod Llc | Multi-beam MIMO time division duplex base station using subset of radios |
US8797969B1 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2014-08-05 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | Implementing multi user multiple input multiple output (MU MIMO) base station using single-user (SU) MIMO co-located base stations |
US20140226740A1 (en) | 2013-02-13 | 2014-08-14 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | Multi-beam co-channel wi-fi access point |
US9155110B2 (en) | 2013-03-27 | 2015-10-06 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | System and method for co-located and co-channel Wi-Fi access points |
US8774150B1 (en) | 2013-02-13 | 2014-07-08 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | System and method for reducing side-lobe contamination effects in Wi-Fi access points |
US8989103B2 (en) | 2013-02-13 | 2015-03-24 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | Method and system for selective attenuation of preamble reception in co-located WI FI access points |
US9750442B2 (en) | 2013-03-09 | 2017-09-05 | Masimo Corporation | Physiological status monitor |
WO2014164139A1 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2014-10-09 | Masimo Corporation | Systems and methods for monitoring a patient health network |
US10441181B1 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2019-10-15 | Masimo Corporation | Acoustic pulse and respiration monitoring system |
US9936917B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2018-04-10 | Masimo Laboratories, Inc. | Patient monitor placement indicator |
US9986952B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2018-06-05 | Masimo Corporation | Heart sound simulator |
WO2014159132A1 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2014-10-02 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Systems and methods for testing patient monitors |
US9474474B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2016-10-25 | Masimo Corporation | Patient monitor as a minimally invasive glucometer |
US10456038B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-10-29 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Cloud-based physiological monitoring system |
US20140275878A1 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Covidien Lp | Methods and systems for equalizing physiological signals |
WO2014149781A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-25 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Cloud-based physiological monitoring system |
US9100968B2 (en) | 2013-05-09 | 2015-08-04 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | Method and system for digital cancellation scheme with multi-beam |
CA2913421C (en) | 2013-05-24 | 2022-02-15 | Hospira, Inc. | Multi-sensor infusion system for detecting air or an occlusion in the infusion system |
CA2913915C (en) | 2013-05-29 | 2022-03-29 | Hospira, Inc. | Infusion system which utilizes one or more sensors and additional information to make an air determination regarding the infusion system |
EP3003442B1 (en) | 2013-05-29 | 2020-12-30 | ICU Medical, Inc. | Infusion system and method of use which prevents over-saturation of an analog-to-digital converter |
US10238321B2 (en) | 2013-06-06 | 2019-03-26 | Koninklike Philips N.V. | Use of a barrier contact medium for chemo-chemo-optical sensors in transcutaneous applications |
US9425882B2 (en) | 2013-06-28 | 2016-08-23 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | Wi-Fi radio distribution network stations and method of operating Wi-Fi RDN stations |
US8995416B2 (en) | 2013-07-10 | 2015-03-31 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | System and method for simultaneous co-channel access of neighboring access points |
US9891079B2 (en) | 2013-07-17 | 2018-02-13 | Masimo Corporation | Pulser with double-bearing position encoder for non-invasive physiological monitoring |
US8824596B1 (en) | 2013-07-31 | 2014-09-02 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | System and method for uplink transmissions in time division MIMO RDN architecture |
WO2015020911A2 (en) | 2013-08-05 | 2015-02-12 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Blood pressure monitor with valve-chamber assembly |
US9497781B2 (en) | 2013-08-13 | 2016-11-15 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | System and method for co-located and co-channel Wi-Fi access points |
US9060362B2 (en) | 2013-09-12 | 2015-06-16 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | Method and system for accessing an occupied Wi-Fi channel by a client using a nulling scheme |
WO2015038683A2 (en) | 2013-09-12 | 2015-03-19 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Medical device management system |
US9088898B2 (en) | 2013-09-12 | 2015-07-21 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | System and method for cooperative scheduling for co-located access points |
US9830424B2 (en) | 2013-09-18 | 2017-11-28 | Hill-Rom Services, Inc. | Bed/room/patient association systems and methods |
US11147518B1 (en) | 2013-10-07 | 2021-10-19 | Masimo Corporation | Regional oximetry signal processor |
EP3054849B1 (en) | 2013-10-07 | 2022-03-16 | Masimo Corporation | Regional oximetry sensor |
US10832818B2 (en) | 2013-10-11 | 2020-11-10 | Masimo Corporation | Alarm notification system |
US10828007B1 (en) | 2013-10-11 | 2020-11-10 | Masimo Corporation | Acoustic sensor with attachment portion |
US10022068B2 (en) | 2013-10-28 | 2018-07-17 | Covidien Lp | Systems and methods for detecting held breath events |
US9172454B2 (en) | 2013-11-01 | 2015-10-27 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | Method and system for calibrating a transceiver array |
US8891598B1 (en) | 2013-11-19 | 2014-11-18 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | Transmitter and receiver calibration for obtaining the channel reciprocity for time division duplex MIMO systems |
US8929322B1 (en) * | 2013-11-20 | 2015-01-06 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | System and method for side lobe suppression using controlled signal cancellation |
US8942134B1 (en) | 2013-11-20 | 2015-01-27 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | System and method for selective registration in a multi-beam system |
US9014066B1 (en) | 2013-11-26 | 2015-04-21 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | System and method for transmit and receive antenna patterns calibration for time division duplex (TDD) systems |
US9294177B2 (en) | 2013-11-26 | 2016-03-22 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | System and method for transmit and receive antenna patterns calibration for time division duplex (TDD) systems |
US9042276B1 (en) | 2013-12-05 | 2015-05-26 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | Multiple co-located multi-user-MIMO access points |
US10279247B2 (en) | 2013-12-13 | 2019-05-07 | Masimo Corporation | Avatar-incentive healthcare therapy |
US10086138B1 (en) | 2014-01-28 | 2018-10-02 | Masimo Corporation | Autonomous drug delivery system |
US11259745B2 (en) | 2014-01-28 | 2022-03-01 | Masimo Corporation | Autonomous drug delivery system |
US10532174B2 (en) | 2014-02-21 | 2020-01-14 | Masimo Corporation | Assistive capnography device |
ES2776363T3 (en) | 2014-02-28 | 2020-07-30 | Icu Medical Inc | Infusion set and method using dual wavelength in-line optical air detection |
US9788794B2 (en) | 2014-02-28 | 2017-10-17 | Valencell, Inc. | Method and apparatus for generating assessments using physical activity and biometric parameters |
US9172446B2 (en) | 2014-03-19 | 2015-10-27 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | Method and system for supporting sparse explicit sounding by implicit data |
US9100154B1 (en) | 2014-03-19 | 2015-08-04 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | Method and system for explicit AP-to-AP sounding in an 802.11 network |
US9271176B2 (en) | 2014-03-28 | 2016-02-23 | Magnolia Broadband Inc. | System and method for backhaul based sounding feedback |
CN110680516A (en) | 2014-03-31 | 2020-01-14 | 柯惠Lp公司 | Transponder detection device |
CN106132339B (en) | 2014-03-31 | 2019-06-04 | 柯惠Lp公司 | For detecting the method for being marked with the object of transponder, equipment and object |
WO2015184366A1 (en) | 2014-05-29 | 2015-12-03 | Hospira, Inc. | Infusion system and pump with configurable closed loop delivery rate catch-up |
GB201409599D0 (en) * | 2014-05-30 | 2014-07-16 | Huntleigh Technology Ltd | Tissue variability compensation apparatus and method |
US9924897B1 (en) | 2014-06-12 | 2018-03-27 | Masimo Corporation | Heated reprocessing of physiological sensors |
US10123729B2 (en) | 2014-06-13 | 2018-11-13 | Nanthealth, Inc. | Alarm fatigue management systems and methods |
US10231670B2 (en) | 2014-06-19 | 2019-03-19 | Masimo Corporation | Proximity sensor in pulse oximeter |
US9179849B1 (en) | 2014-07-25 | 2015-11-10 | Impact Sports Technologies, Inc. | Mobile plethysmographic device |
US9538921B2 (en) | 2014-07-30 | 2017-01-10 | Valencell, Inc. | Physiological monitoring devices with adjustable signal analysis and interrogation power and monitoring methods using same |
EP3151737B1 (en) | 2014-08-06 | 2022-08-17 | Valencell, Inc. | Optical physiological sensor modules with reduced signal noise |
US10111591B2 (en) | 2014-08-26 | 2018-10-30 | Nanthealth, Inc. | Real-time monitoring systems and methods in a healthcare environment |
US10231657B2 (en) | 2014-09-04 | 2019-03-19 | Masimo Corporation | Total hemoglobin screening sensor |
US10383520B2 (en) | 2014-09-18 | 2019-08-20 | Masimo Semiconductor, Inc. | Enhanced visible near-infrared photodiode and non-invasive physiological sensor |
US9794653B2 (en) | 2014-09-27 | 2017-10-17 | Valencell, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for improving signal quality in wearable biometric monitoring devices |
WO2016057553A1 (en) | 2014-10-07 | 2016-04-14 | Masimo Corporation | Modular physiological sensors |
US10485463B2 (en) | 2014-10-10 | 2019-11-26 | Medtor Llc | System and method for a non-invasive medical sensor |
CN105684394B (en) | 2014-12-18 | 2021-04-02 | 德尔格制造股份两合公司 | Alarm route optimization strategy in target alarm system |
US11344668B2 (en) | 2014-12-19 | 2022-05-31 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Infusion system with concurrent TPN/insulin infusion |
US10441196B2 (en) | 2015-01-23 | 2019-10-15 | Masimo Corporation | Nasal/oral cannula system and manufacturing |
US10568553B2 (en) | 2015-02-06 | 2020-02-25 | Masimo Corporation | Soft boot pulse oximetry sensor |
BR112017016308B1 (en) | 2015-02-06 | 2023-04-11 | Masimo Corporation | CONNECTOR AND SENSOR ASSEMBLY |
USD755392S1 (en) | 2015-02-06 | 2016-05-03 | Masimo Corporation | Pulse oximetry sensor |
EP4329439A2 (en) | 2015-02-06 | 2024-02-28 | Masimo Corporation | Fold flex circuit for lnop |
FR3032606B1 (en) * | 2015-02-17 | 2019-12-13 | Bioserenity | METHOD OF NON-INVASIVE MEASUREMENT OF A PHYSIOLOGICAL PARAMETER USING A CONFOCAL SPECTROSCOPIC MEASUREMENT DEVICE |
US10850024B2 (en) | 2015-03-02 | 2020-12-01 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Infusion system, device, and method having advanced infusion features |
USD775331S1 (en) | 2015-03-02 | 2016-12-27 | Covidien Lp | Hand-held antenna system |
US9690963B2 (en) | 2015-03-02 | 2017-06-27 | Covidien Lp | Hand-held dual spherical antenna system |
US10524738B2 (en) | 2015-05-04 | 2020-01-07 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Noninvasive sensor system with visual infographic display |
WO2016191307A1 (en) | 2015-05-22 | 2016-12-01 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Non-invasive optical physiological differential pathlength sensor |
US11160461B2 (en) | 2015-06-12 | 2021-11-02 | ChroniSense Medical Ltd. | Blood pressure measurement using a wearable device |
US11160459B2 (en) | 2015-06-12 | 2021-11-02 | ChroniSense Medical Ltd. | Monitoring health status of people suffering from chronic diseases |
US10687742B2 (en) | 2015-06-12 | 2020-06-23 | ChroniSense Medical Ltd. | Using invariant factors for pulse oximetry |
US11712190B2 (en) | 2015-06-12 | 2023-08-01 | ChroniSense Medical Ltd. | Wearable device electrocardiogram |
US10952638B2 (en) | 2015-06-12 | 2021-03-23 | ChroniSense Medical Ltd. | System and method for monitoring respiratory rate and oxygen saturation |
US11464457B2 (en) | 2015-06-12 | 2022-10-11 | ChroniSense Medical Ltd. | Determining an early warning score based on wearable device measurements |
US10470692B2 (en) * | 2015-06-12 | 2019-11-12 | ChroniSense Medical Ltd. | System for performing pulse oximetry |
US10448871B2 (en) | 2015-07-02 | 2019-10-22 | Masimo Corporation | Advanced pulse oximetry sensor |
KR20180039703A (en) | 2015-08-11 | 2018-04-18 | 마시모 코오퍼레이션 | Medical monitoring analysis and replay including signs of reacting to light weakened by body tissues |
CA2996196A1 (en) | 2015-08-31 | 2017-03-09 | Masimo Corporation | Wireless patient monitoring systems and methods |
US11504066B1 (en) | 2015-09-04 | 2022-11-22 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Low-noise sensor system |
US10610158B2 (en) | 2015-10-23 | 2020-04-07 | Valencell, Inc. | Physiological monitoring devices and methods that identify subject activity type |
US10945618B2 (en) | 2015-10-23 | 2021-03-16 | Valencell, Inc. | Physiological monitoring devices and methods for noise reduction in physiological signals based on subject activity type |
US11679579B2 (en) | 2015-12-17 | 2023-06-20 | Masimo Corporation | Varnish-coated release liner |
US10537285B2 (en) | 2016-03-04 | 2020-01-21 | Masimo Corporation | Nose sensor |
US10993662B2 (en) | 2016-03-04 | 2021-05-04 | Masimo Corporation | Nose sensor |
US11000235B2 (en) | 2016-03-14 | 2021-05-11 | ChroniSense Medical Ltd. | Monitoring procedure for early warning of cardiac episodes |
US11191484B2 (en) | 2016-04-29 | 2021-12-07 | Masimo Corporation | Optical sensor tape |
AU2017264784B2 (en) | 2016-05-13 | 2022-04-21 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Infusion pump system and method with common line auto flush |
WO2017214441A1 (en) | 2016-06-10 | 2017-12-14 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Acoustic flow sensor for continuous medication flow measurements and feedback control of infusion |
WO2018009612A1 (en) | 2016-07-06 | 2018-01-11 | Patient Doctor Technologies, Inc. | Secure and zero knowledge data sharing for cloud applications |
US10617302B2 (en) | 2016-07-07 | 2020-04-14 | Masimo Corporation | Wearable pulse oximeter and respiration monitor |
US10966662B2 (en) | 2016-07-08 | 2021-04-06 | Valencell, Inc. | Motion-dependent averaging for physiological metric estimating systems and methods |
US11076813B2 (en) * | 2016-07-22 | 2021-08-03 | Edwards Lifesciences Corporation | Mean arterial pressure (MAP) derived prediction of future hypotension |
EP3525661A1 (en) | 2016-10-13 | 2019-08-21 | Masimo Corporation | Systems and methods for patient fall detection |
US11504058B1 (en) | 2016-12-02 | 2022-11-22 | Masimo Corporation | Multi-site noninvasive measurement of a physiological parameter |
WO2018119239A1 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2018-06-28 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc | Methods and devices for detecting intensity of light with translucent detector |
US10721785B2 (en) | 2017-01-18 | 2020-07-21 | Masimo Corporation | Patient-worn wireless physiological sensor with pairing functionality |
US10388120B2 (en) | 2017-02-24 | 2019-08-20 | Masimo Corporation | Localized projection of audible noises in medical settings |
WO2018156809A1 (en) | 2017-02-24 | 2018-08-30 | Masimo Corporation | Augmented reality system for displaying patient data |
US11086609B2 (en) | 2017-02-24 | 2021-08-10 | Masimo Corporation | Medical monitoring hub |
US10327713B2 (en) | 2017-02-24 | 2019-06-25 | Masimo Corporation | Modular multi-parameter patient monitoring device |
US11417426B2 (en) | 2017-02-24 | 2022-08-16 | Masimo Corporation | System for displaying medical monitoring data |
WO2018156648A1 (en) | 2017-02-24 | 2018-08-30 | Masimo Corporation | Managing dynamic licenses for physiological parameters in a patient monitoring environment |
WO2018165618A1 (en) | 2017-03-10 | 2018-09-13 | Masimo Corporation | Pneumonia screener |
EP3382423A1 (en) * | 2017-03-27 | 2018-10-03 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Methods and systems for filtering ultrasound image clutter |
WO2018194992A1 (en) | 2017-04-18 | 2018-10-25 | Masimo Corporation | Nose sensor |
US10918281B2 (en) | 2017-04-26 | 2021-02-16 | Masimo Corporation | Medical monitoring device having multiple configurations |
US10856750B2 (en) | 2017-04-28 | 2020-12-08 | Masimo Corporation | Spot check measurement system |
USD835285S1 (en) | 2017-04-28 | 2018-12-04 | Masimo Corporation | Medical monitoring device |
USD835284S1 (en) | 2017-04-28 | 2018-12-04 | Masimo Corporation | Medical monitoring device |
USD835282S1 (en) | 2017-04-28 | 2018-12-04 | Masimo Corporation | Medical monitoring device |
USD835283S1 (en) | 2017-04-28 | 2018-12-04 | Masimo Corporation | Medical monitoring device |
CN117373636A (en) | 2017-05-08 | 2024-01-09 | 梅西莫股份有限公司 | System for pairing a medical system with a network controller using an adapter |
US11026604B2 (en) | 2017-07-13 | 2021-06-08 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Medical monitoring device for harmonizing physiological measurements |
USD890708S1 (en) | 2017-08-15 | 2020-07-21 | Masimo Corporation | Connector |
USD906970S1 (en) | 2017-08-15 | 2021-01-05 | Masimo Corporation | Connector |
EP3668394A1 (en) | 2017-08-15 | 2020-06-24 | Masimo Corporation | Water resistant connector for noninvasive patient monitor |
US11045163B2 (en) | 2017-09-19 | 2021-06-29 | Ausculsciences, Inc. | Method of detecting noise in auscultatory sound signals of a coronary-artery-disease detection system |
US11298021B2 (en) | 2017-10-19 | 2022-04-12 | Masimo Corporation | Medical monitoring system |
USD925597S1 (en) | 2017-10-31 | 2021-07-20 | Masimo Corporation | Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface |
JP7282085B2 (en) | 2017-10-31 | 2023-05-26 | マシモ・コーポレイション | System for displaying oxygen status indicators |
US10089055B1 (en) | 2017-12-27 | 2018-10-02 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Synchronized display of screen content on networked devices |
RU2682474C1 (en) * | 2018-01-16 | 2019-03-19 | Непубличное акционерное общество "Институт кардиологической техники" (ИНКАРТ) | Finger photoplethysographic system device for continuous non-invasive measurement of arterial pressure |
US11766198B2 (en) | 2018-02-02 | 2023-09-26 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Limb-worn patient monitoring device |
EP3759719A1 (en) | 2018-03-01 | 2021-01-06 | Masimo Corporation | Autonomous drug delivery system |
US10668882B2 (en) | 2018-03-30 | 2020-06-02 | Veoneer Us Inc. | Mechanical transfer function cancellation |
WO2019204368A1 (en) | 2018-04-19 | 2019-10-24 | Masimo Corporation | Mobile patient alarm display |
US11883129B2 (en) | 2018-04-24 | 2024-01-30 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Easy insert finger sensor for transmission based spectroscopy sensor |
US10932729B2 (en) | 2018-06-06 | 2021-03-02 | Masimo Corporation | Opioid overdose monitoring |
US10779098B2 (en) | 2018-07-10 | 2020-09-15 | Masimo Corporation | Patient monitor alarm speaker analyzer |
US11872156B2 (en) | 2018-08-22 | 2024-01-16 | Masimo Corporation | Core body temperature measurement |
US11406286B2 (en) | 2018-10-11 | 2022-08-09 | Masimo Corporation | Patient monitoring device with improved user interface |
USD998630S1 (en) | 2018-10-11 | 2023-09-12 | Masimo Corporation | Display screen or portion thereof with a graphical user interface |
USD917564S1 (en) | 2018-10-11 | 2021-04-27 | Masimo Corporation | Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface |
USD999246S1 (en) | 2018-10-11 | 2023-09-19 | Masimo Corporation | Display screen or portion thereof with a graphical user interface |
USD916135S1 (en) | 2018-10-11 | 2021-04-13 | Masimo Corporation | Display screen or portion thereof with a graphical user interface |
USD998631S1 (en) | 2018-10-11 | 2023-09-12 | Masimo Corporation | Display screen or portion thereof with a graphical user interface |
US11389093B2 (en) | 2018-10-11 | 2022-07-19 | Masimo Corporation | Low noise oximetry cable |
MX2021004063A (en) | 2018-10-11 | 2021-06-04 | Masimo Corp | Patient connector assembly with vertical detents. |
USD917550S1 (en) | 2018-10-11 | 2021-04-27 | Masimo Corporation | Display screen or portion thereof with a graphical user interface |
USD897098S1 (en) | 2018-10-12 | 2020-09-29 | Masimo Corporation | Card holder set |
WO2020077149A1 (en) | 2018-10-12 | 2020-04-16 | Masimo Corporation | System for transmission of sensor data using dual communication protocol |
US11464410B2 (en) | 2018-10-12 | 2022-10-11 | Masimo Corporation | Medical systems and methods |
US11684296B2 (en) | 2018-12-21 | 2023-06-27 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Noninvasive physiological sensor |
US11918386B2 (en) | 2018-12-26 | 2024-03-05 | Flashback Technologies, Inc. | Device-based maneuver and activity state-based physiologic status monitoring |
US11911325B2 (en) | 2019-02-26 | 2024-02-27 | Hill-Rom Services, Inc. | Bed interface for manual location |
US20210022628A1 (en) | 2019-04-17 | 2021-01-28 | Masimo Corporation | Patient monitoring systems, devices, and methods |
USD921202S1 (en) | 2019-08-16 | 2021-06-01 | Masimo Corporation | Holder for a blood pressure device |
USD919100S1 (en) | 2019-08-16 | 2021-05-11 | Masimo Corporation | Holder for a patient monitor |
USD985498S1 (en) | 2019-08-16 | 2023-05-09 | Masimo Corporation | Connector |
USD919094S1 (en) | 2019-08-16 | 2021-05-11 | Masimo Corporation | Blood pressure device |
USD917704S1 (en) | 2019-08-16 | 2021-04-27 | Masimo Corporation | Patient monitor |
US11832940B2 (en) | 2019-08-27 | 2023-12-05 | Cercacor Laboratories, Inc. | Non-invasive medical monitoring device for blood analyte measurements |
USD927699S1 (en) | 2019-10-18 | 2021-08-10 | Masimo Corporation | Electrode pad |
CN114667574A (en) | 2019-10-18 | 2022-06-24 | 梅西莫股份有限公司 | Display layout and interactive objects for patient monitoring |
US11278671B2 (en) | 2019-12-04 | 2022-03-22 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Infusion pump with safety sequence keypad |
EP4104037A1 (en) | 2020-02-13 | 2022-12-21 | Masimo Corporation | System and method for monitoring clinical activities |
US11879960B2 (en) | 2020-02-13 | 2024-01-23 | Masimo Corporation | System and method for monitoring clinical activities |
EP4120901A1 (en) | 2020-03-20 | 2023-01-25 | Masimo Corporation | Wearable device for noninvasive body temperature measurement |
US11620464B2 (en) | 2020-03-31 | 2023-04-04 | Covidien Lp | In-vivo introducible antenna for detection of RF tags |
USD933232S1 (en) | 2020-05-11 | 2021-10-12 | Masimo Corporation | Blood pressure monitor |
USD979516S1 (en) | 2020-05-11 | 2023-02-28 | Masimo Corporation | Connector |
WO2022020184A1 (en) | 2020-07-21 | 2022-01-27 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Fluid transfer devices and methods of use |
USD980091S1 (en) | 2020-07-27 | 2023-03-07 | Masimo Corporation | Wearable temperature measurement device |
USD974193S1 (en) | 2020-07-27 | 2023-01-03 | Masimo Corporation | Wearable temperature measurement device |
USD946598S1 (en) | 2020-09-30 | 2022-03-22 | Masimo Corporation | Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface |
USD946596S1 (en) | 2020-09-30 | 2022-03-22 | Masimo Corporation | Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface |
USD946597S1 (en) | 2020-09-30 | 2022-03-22 | Masimo Corporation | Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface |
US11135360B1 (en) | 2020-12-07 | 2021-10-05 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Concurrent infusion with common line auto flush |
USD997365S1 (en) | 2021-06-24 | 2023-08-29 | Masimo Corporation | Physiological nose sensor |
USD1000975S1 (en) | 2021-09-22 | 2023-10-10 | Masimo Corporation | Wearable temperature measurement device |
Family Cites Families (106)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3638640A (en) | 1967-11-01 | 1972-02-01 | Robert F Shaw | Oximeter and method for in vivo determination of oxygen saturation in blood using three or more different wavelengths |
US3704706A (en) * | 1969-10-23 | 1972-12-05 | Univ Drexel | Heart rate and respiratory monitor |
US3647299A (en) * | 1970-04-20 | 1972-03-07 | American Optical Corp | Oximeter |
US3991277A (en) | 1973-02-15 | 1976-11-09 | Yoshimutsu Hirata | Frequency division multiplex system using comb filters |
JPS5725217B2 (en) | 1974-10-14 | 1982-05-28 | ||
CA1037285A (en) * | 1975-04-30 | 1978-08-29 | Glenfield Warner | Ear oximetry process and apparatus |
HU171629B (en) * | 1975-06-30 | 1978-02-28 | Medicor Muevek | Circuit systhem for determining colour-dilution curves for calculating minute-capacity of heart in vitro and in vivo |
WO2000078209A2 (en) * | 1999-06-18 | 2000-12-28 | Masimo Corporation | Pulse oximeter probe-off detection system |
US4038536A (en) * | 1976-03-29 | 1977-07-26 | Rockwell International Corporation | Adaptive recursive least mean square error filter |
US4063551A (en) * | 1976-04-06 | 1977-12-20 | Unisen, Inc. | Blood pulse sensor and readout |
JPS5493890A (en) | 1977-12-30 | 1979-07-25 | Minolta Camera Kk | Eyeeground oximeter |
US4238746A (en) | 1978-03-20 | 1980-12-09 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy | Adaptive line enhancer |
JPS5524004A (en) | 1978-06-22 | 1980-02-20 | Minolta Camera Kk | Oxymeter |
US4519396A (en) | 1979-03-30 | 1985-05-28 | American Home Products Corporation (Del.) | Fetal heart rate monitor apparatus and method for combining electrically and mechanically derived cardiographic signals |
US4243935A (en) | 1979-05-18 | 1981-01-06 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy | Adaptive detector |
JPS56104646A (en) | 1980-01-25 | 1981-08-20 | Minolta Camera Kk | Optical analyzer for forming ratio of element contained in organism |
US4407290A (en) * | 1981-04-01 | 1983-10-04 | Biox Technology, Inc. | Blood constituent measuring device and method |
JPS58143243A (en) | 1982-02-19 | 1983-08-25 | Minolta Camera Co Ltd | Measuring apparatus for coloring matter in blood without taking out blood |
US4653498A (en) * | 1982-09-13 | 1987-03-31 | Nellcor Incorporated | Pulse oximeter monitor |
DE3328862A1 (en) * | 1982-09-16 | 1985-02-28 | Siemens AG, 1000 Berlin und 8000 München | Tissue photometry method and device, in particular for quantatively determining the blood oxygen saturation from photometric measurements |
DE3323862A1 (en) | 1983-06-29 | 1985-01-03 | Affeld, Klaus, Dr. Dipl.-Ing., 1000 Berlin | SAFETY DRIVE FOR AN ARTIFICIAL HEART |
US4537200A (en) * | 1983-07-07 | 1985-08-27 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | ECG enhancement by adaptive cancellation of electrosurgical interference |
US4714341A (en) | 1984-02-23 | 1987-12-22 | Minolta Camera Kabushiki Kaisha | Multi-wavelength oximeter having a means for disregarding a poor signal |
US4649505A (en) * | 1984-07-02 | 1987-03-10 | General Electric Company | Two-input crosstalk-resistant adaptive noise canceller |
GB2166326B (en) * | 1984-10-29 | 1988-04-27 | Hazeltine Corp | Lms adaptive loop module |
US4617589A (en) | 1984-12-17 | 1986-10-14 | Rca Corporation | Adaptive frame comb filter system |
US4928692A (en) * | 1985-04-01 | 1990-05-29 | Goodman David E | Method and apparatus for detecting optical pulses |
US4911167A (en) * | 1985-06-07 | 1990-03-27 | Nellcor Incorporated | Method and apparatus for detecting optical pulses |
US4802486A (en) | 1985-04-01 | 1989-02-07 | Nellcor Incorporated | Method and apparatus for detecting optical pulses |
US4934372A (en) * | 1985-04-01 | 1990-06-19 | Nellcor Incorporated | Method and apparatus for detecting optical pulses |
US4781200A (en) | 1985-10-04 | 1988-11-01 | Baker Donald A | Ambulatory non-invasive automatic fetal monitoring system |
JPS62135020A (en) * | 1985-12-06 | 1987-06-18 | Nec Corp | Noise erasing device |
US4869253A (en) * | 1986-08-18 | 1989-09-26 | Physio-Control Corporation | Method and apparatus for indicating perfusion and oxygen saturation trends in oximetry |
US4859056A (en) | 1986-08-18 | 1989-08-22 | Physio-Control Corporation | Multiple-pulse method and apparatus for use in oximetry |
US4819646A (en) | 1986-08-18 | 1989-04-11 | Physio-Control Corporation | Feedback-controlled method and apparatus for processing signals used in oximetry |
US4800495A (en) * | 1986-08-18 | 1989-01-24 | Physio-Control Corporation | Method and apparatus for processing signals used in oximetry |
US4913150A (en) | 1986-08-18 | 1990-04-03 | Physio-Control Corporation | Method and apparatus for the automatic calibration of signals employed in oximetry |
US5259381A (en) | 1986-08-18 | 1993-11-09 | Physio-Control Corporation | Apparatus for the automatic calibration of signals employed in oximetry |
US4892101A (en) * | 1986-08-18 | 1990-01-09 | Physio-Control Corporation | Method and apparatus for offsetting baseline portion of oximeter signal |
JPS6365845A (en) | 1986-09-05 | 1988-03-24 | ミノルタ株式会社 | Oximeter apparatus |
US4751931A (en) | 1986-09-22 | 1988-06-21 | Allegheny-Singer Research Institute | Method and apparatus for determining his-purkinje activity |
US4824242A (en) * | 1986-09-26 | 1989-04-25 | Sensormedics Corporation | Non-invasive oximeter and method |
US4867571A (en) * | 1986-09-26 | 1989-09-19 | Sensormedics Corporation | Wave form filter pulse detector and method for modulated signal |
US4793361A (en) * | 1987-03-13 | 1988-12-27 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Dual channel P-wave detection in surface electrocardiographs |
US4799493A (en) * | 1987-03-13 | 1989-01-24 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Dual channel coherent fibrillation detection system |
US4773422A (en) * | 1987-04-30 | 1988-09-27 | Nonin Medical, Inc. | Single channel pulse oximeter |
DE3723881A1 (en) * | 1987-07-18 | 1989-01-26 | Nicolay Gmbh | METHOD FOR DETERMINING THE OXYGEN SATURATION OF THE BLOOD OF A LIVING ORGANISM AND ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT, AND DEVICE FOR CARRYING OUT THIS METHOD |
GB8719333D0 (en) * | 1987-08-14 | 1987-09-23 | Swansea University College Of | Motion artefact rejection system |
US4860759A (en) * | 1987-09-08 | 1989-08-29 | Criticare Systems, Inc. | Vital signs monitor |
GB8722899D0 (en) * | 1987-09-30 | 1987-11-04 | Kirk D L | Fetal monitoring during labour |
US4819752A (en) * | 1987-10-02 | 1989-04-11 | Datascope Corp. | Blood constituent measuring device and method |
US4848901A (en) * | 1987-10-08 | 1989-07-18 | Critikon, Inc. | Pulse oximeter sensor control system |
US4807631A (en) | 1987-10-09 | 1989-02-28 | Critikon, Inc. | Pulse oximetry system |
US4863265A (en) * | 1987-10-16 | 1989-09-05 | Mine Safety Appliances Company | Apparatus and method for measuring blood constituents |
US4927264A (en) * | 1987-12-02 | 1990-05-22 | Omron Tateisi Electronics Co. | Non-invasive measuring method and apparatus of blood constituents |
US4960126A (en) | 1988-01-15 | 1990-10-02 | Criticare Systems, Inc. | ECG synchronized pulse oximeter |
US4883353A (en) * | 1988-02-11 | 1989-11-28 | Puritan-Bennett Corporation | Pulse oximeter |
US4869254A (en) * | 1988-03-30 | 1989-09-26 | Nellcor Incorporated | Method and apparatus for calculating arterial oxygen saturation |
DE3884191T2 (en) * | 1988-05-09 | 1994-01-13 | Hewlett Packard Gmbh | Processing method of signals, especially for oximetry measurements in living human tissue. |
US4948248A (en) * | 1988-07-22 | 1990-08-14 | Invivo Research Inc. | Blood constituent measuring device and method |
US4858199A (en) | 1988-09-06 | 1989-08-15 | Mobile Oil Corporation | Method and apparatus for cancelling nonstationary sinusoidal noise from seismic data |
US4883356A (en) | 1988-09-13 | 1989-11-28 | The Perkin-Elmer Corporation | Spectrometer detector mounting assembly |
US5042499A (en) | 1988-09-30 | 1991-08-27 | Frank Thomas H | Noninvasive electrocardiographic method of real time signal processing for obtaining and displaying instantaneous fetal heart rate and fetal heart rate beat-to-beat variability |
US4949710A (en) * | 1988-10-06 | 1990-08-21 | Protocol Systems, Inc. | Method of artifact rejection for noninvasive blood-pressure measurement by prediction and adjustment of blood-pressure data |
JPH06103257B2 (en) * | 1988-12-19 | 1994-12-14 | 大塚電子株式会社 | Method and apparatus for measuring absorption coefficient of substance using light scattering |
US4956867A (en) * | 1989-04-20 | 1990-09-11 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Adaptive beamforming for noise reduction |
GB2235288B (en) * | 1989-07-27 | 1993-02-10 | Nat Res Dev | Oximeters |
GB9011887D0 (en) | 1990-05-26 | 1990-07-18 | Le Fit Ltd | Pulse responsive device |
EP1357481A3 (en) * | 1991-03-07 | 2005-04-27 | Masimo Corporation | Signal processing apparatus and method |
US5490505A (en) | 1991-03-07 | 1996-02-13 | Masimo Corporation | Signal processing apparatus |
US5632272A (en) | 1991-03-07 | 1997-05-27 | Masimo Corporation | Signal processing apparatus |
US5645440A (en) * | 1995-10-16 | 1997-07-08 | Masimo Corporation | Patient cable connector |
US6541756B2 (en) * | 1991-03-21 | 2003-04-01 | Masimo Corporation | Shielded optical probe having an electrical connector |
US5995855A (en) * | 1998-02-11 | 1999-11-30 | Masimo Corporation | Pulse oximetry sensor adapter |
US6580086B1 (en) * | 1999-08-26 | 2003-06-17 | Masimo Corporation | Shielded optical probe and method |
US5638818A (en) * | 1991-03-21 | 1997-06-17 | Masimo Corporation | Low noise optical probe |
US5273036A (en) * | 1991-04-03 | 1993-12-28 | Ppg Industries, Inc. | Apparatus and method for monitoring respiration |
DE69227545T2 (en) * | 1991-07-12 | 1999-04-29 | Mark R Robinson | Oximeter for the reliable clinical determination of blood oxygen saturation in a fetus |
US5246002A (en) | 1992-02-11 | 1993-09-21 | Physio-Control Corporation | Noise insensitive pulse transmittance oximeter |
US5337744A (en) * | 1993-07-14 | 1994-08-16 | Masimo Corporation | Low noise finger cot probe |
US6371921B1 (en) * | 1994-04-15 | 2002-04-16 | Masimo Corporation | System and method of determining whether to recalibrate a blood pressure monitor |
US5758644A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1998-06-02 | Masimo Corporation | Manual and automatic probe calibration |
US5638816A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1997-06-17 | Masimo Corporation | Active pulse blood constituent monitoring |
US5743262A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1998-04-28 | Masimo Corporation | Blood glucose monitoring system |
US5760910A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1998-06-02 | Masimo Corporation | Optical filter for spectroscopic measurement and method of producing the optical filter |
EP0760223A1 (en) | 1995-08-31 | 1997-03-05 | Hewlett-Packard GmbH | Apparatus for monitoring, in particular pulse oximeter |
EP0761159B1 (en) | 1995-08-31 | 1999-09-29 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Apparatus for medical monitoring, in particular pulse oximeter |
USD393830S (en) * | 1995-10-16 | 1998-04-28 | Masimo Corporation | Patient cable connector |
US5890929A (en) * | 1996-06-19 | 1999-04-06 | Masimo Corporation | Shielded medical connector |
US5842981A (en) | 1996-07-17 | 1998-12-01 | Criticare Systems, Inc. | Direct to digital oximeter |
US6229856B1 (en) * | 1997-04-14 | 2001-05-08 | Masimo Corporation | Method and apparatus for demodulating signals in a pulse oximetry system |
US6002952A (en) * | 1997-04-14 | 1999-12-14 | Masimo Corporation | Signal processing apparatus and method |
US5919134A (en) * | 1997-04-14 | 1999-07-06 | Masimo Corp. | Method and apparatus for demodulating signals in a pulse oximetry system |
US6184521B1 (en) * | 1998-01-06 | 2001-02-06 | Masimo Corporation | Photodiode detector with integrated noise shielding |
US6525386B1 (en) * | 1998-03-10 | 2003-02-25 | Masimo Corporation | Non-protruding optoelectronic lens |
EP2319398B1 (en) * | 1998-06-03 | 2019-01-16 | Masimo Corporation | Stereo pulse oximeter |
US6684090B2 (en) * | 1999-01-07 | 2004-01-27 | Masimo Corporation | Pulse oximetry data confidence indicator |
US6606511B1 (en) * | 1999-01-07 | 2003-08-12 | Masimo Corporation | Pulse oximetry pulse indicator |
AU2859600A (en) * | 1999-01-25 | 2000-08-07 | Masimo Corporation | Universal/upgrading pulse oximeter |
US6360114B1 (en) * | 1999-03-25 | 2002-03-19 | Masimo Corporation | Pulse oximeter probe-off detector |
US6515273B2 (en) * | 1999-08-26 | 2003-02-04 | Masimo Corporation | System for indicating the expiration of the useful operating life of a pulse oximetry sensor |
US6542764B1 (en) * | 1999-12-01 | 2003-04-01 | Masimo Corporation | Pulse oximeter monitor for expressing the urgency of the patient's condition |
US6377829B1 (en) * | 1999-12-09 | 2002-04-23 | Masimo Corporation | Resposable pulse oximetry sensor |
US6430525B1 (en) * | 2000-06-05 | 2002-08-06 | Masimo Corporation | Variable mode averager |
US6697656B1 (en) * | 2000-06-27 | 2004-02-24 | Masimo Corporation | Pulse oximetry sensor compatible with multiple pulse oximetry systems |
US6697658B2 (en) * | 2001-07-02 | 2004-02-24 | Masimo Corporation | Low power pulse oximeter |
-
1992
- 1992-03-05 EP EP03015656A patent/EP1357481A3/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1992-03-05 EP EP99103974A patent/EP0930045A3/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1992-03-05 WO PCT/US1992/001895 patent/WO1992015955A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 1992-03-05 AT AT92907861T patent/ATE184716T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1992-03-05 AU AU15369/92A patent/AU658177B2/en not_active Expired
- 1992-03-05 RU RU93058616A patent/RU2144211C1/en active
- 1992-03-05 JP JP50745192A patent/JP3363150B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1992-03-05 CA CA002105682A patent/CA2105682C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1992-03-05 EP EP92907861A patent/EP0574509B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1992-03-05 DE DE69229994T patent/DE69229994T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
1994
- 1994-05-26 US US08/249,690 patent/US5482036A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
1995
- 1995-06-07 US US08/479,918 patent/US5769785A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
1998
- 1998-06-22 US US09/102,131 patent/US6036642A/en not_active Ceased
-
1999
- 1999-11-17 US US09/441,736 patent/US6206830B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2001
- 2001-01-09 US US09/757,444 patent/US6501975B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2002
- 2002-03-11 US US10/095,586 patent/USRE38492E1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2002-12-20 US US10/327,234 patent/US6826419B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2004
- 2004-05-04 US US10/839,309 patent/US20040204638A1/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
DE69229994T2 (en) | 2000-04-27 |
JP3363150B2 (en) | 2003-01-08 |
US20010029326A1 (en) | 2001-10-11 |
ATE184716T1 (en) | 1999-10-15 |
EP0930045A2 (en) | 1999-07-21 |
AU658177B2 (en) | 1995-04-06 |
US6826419B2 (en) | 2004-11-30 |
US20030097049A1 (en) | 2003-05-22 |
RU2144211C1 (en) | 2000-01-10 |
US5482036A (en) | 1996-01-09 |
EP1357481A3 (en) | 2005-04-27 |
US6036642A (en) | 2000-03-14 |
USRE38492E1 (en) | 2004-04-06 |
EP1357481A2 (en) | 2003-10-29 |
EP0574509A1 (en) | 1993-12-22 |
WO1992015955A1 (en) | 1992-09-17 |
DE69229994D1 (en) | 1999-10-21 |
EP0574509A4 (en) | 1996-07-31 |
EP0574509B1 (en) | 1999-09-15 |
US5769785A (en) | 1998-06-23 |
US6501975B2 (en) | 2002-12-31 |
CA2105682A1 (en) | 1992-09-08 |
US6206830B1 (en) | 2001-03-27 |
US20040204638A1 (en) | 2004-10-14 |
JPH06507485A (en) | 1994-08-25 |
AU1536992A (en) | 1992-10-06 |
EP0930045A3 (en) | 1999-10-27 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2105682C (en) | Signal processing apparatus and method | |
US7469157B2 (en) | Signal processing apparatus | |
US8560034B1 (en) | Signal processing apparatus | |
US6081735A (en) | Signal processing apparatus | |
US8364226B2 (en) | Signal processing apparatus | |
US8755856B2 (en) | Signal processing apparatus | |
US7376453B1 (en) | Signal processing apparatus |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
MKEX | Expiry |